عرض: 25 50 75 100 النتائج

نتائج البحث: 100 من أصل 3,918

الفكر السياسي الشيعي في العراق (1918 - 1970) The Political Shia Thought In Iraq ( 1918 - 1970 )

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: اركان مهدي عبد الله السعيدي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
المستخلص: The Political Shia Thought in Iraq is the most important phase of the human Islamic thought. It relies , within its understanding to the political events and phenomenon and how to deal with them, on a principled system and judicial , ideological basis which are characterized by its origins and branches above the other Islamic views besides the secular ones. The paper is specialized to discuss the political Shia though in Iraq( 1918 - 1970 ).The signification of this study comes from some considerations; the most important one is to make the acquaintance of this thought's nature as a part of civilization path that has supported the humanity with the most important Islamic religious experience as well as the importance of the patriotic role of this thought in the history of modern and contemporary Iraq. Since 1918 the thought has revealed its political view to determine the kind of the Iraqi State with all events happened until 1970 ( the date of the study's end ).The Shia thought has reached to the highest level of the ideological development when it stood up with the theory of Guardianship of the Islamic Jurist ( Willayat al - Faqih ) that Assayid Khomeini believed in the widest sense. Then Assayid Mohammed Baqir Al - Sadr perused the same theory. The importance of this theory comes from being the juridical introduction with the political authorities which is needed by Islamic jurist ( faqih ) to establish the Islamic stat.Moreover the death of AssayidMohsin Al - Hakeem was an end of a stage in which the political Shia thought restarted along the period of his authority ( Marjia ' ). The paper has been divided into four main chapters according to the time order of events' promoting. The first chapter is related to studying the political Shia thought from the rooting stage to the emergence one ( crystallization ) in Iraq. We deal with the thought ideologically and in a juridical way. We also show the characteristics of the political Shia thought , its political structure , the most important theories and the emergence of the Shia thought politically in Iraq ( 1906 - 1918 ). The second chapter discusses the political Shia thought and the political regime in Iraq( 1918 - 1934 ). In this phase , the Shia thought had a role to give a political view about determining the kind of Iraqi state and setting it up as well as its opposed political role against the British occupation. Meanwhile , the Shia thought faced a political remoteness after it had been fought politically through some plans in a sectarian way against the Shia identity. The third chapter has been devoted to demonstrate the means of Shia thought in the political mobilization ( 1935 - 1959 ) which is represented with the ideological an the political Shia activity , trying to dispossess the rights through paying attention to the educational and cultural fields , developing the qualifications , making use of the political dimensions of the Husseini rites and exploiting them politically. In addition to practicing the regulative Islamic working to spread the Islamic thought among the nation. The fourth and last chapter has been destined for studying the development of the political Shia thought in Iraq in the light of its thinkers (1960 - 1970 ). This chapter is concerned with the changing plan by Assayid Mohammed Baqir Al - Sadr including his scientific conclusions. The chapter also discusses the reformation - religious destination in the frame of the political Iraqi reality and reformation of the political reality in the view of AssayidMuhsin Al - Hakeem as well as his stand towards the encompassed Ba'athiregime. Finally this chapter includes the deduction of the political Shia though by presenting the theory of Guardianship of the Islamic Jurist ( Willayat Al - Faqih ) and the conversion that has been made in the tendencies of the Islamic thought by this theory. The historical data in this paper has depended on a set of sources with a variety topics with different interests.The published and unpublished foreign and Arab documents take the first place in addition to the scientific books , newspapers and magazines. Lastly , we can say this paper is a modest step in the path of the academic research. The researcher hopes it will be a serious attempt to shade a light at an important phase of the history of the political Shia thought in Iraq.
الصفحات الاولى:

الصراع البعثي - الشيوعي في العراق 1947 - 1968 The Ba'Athist - Communist Conflict In Iraq 1947 - 1968

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: مناف جاسب محمدعلي الخزاعي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: مؤيد شاكر كاظم مخيلف الطائي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
المستخلص: Iraq has witnessed through its modern and contemporary history the appearance of a lot of ideological and intellectual movements that were different and contradictory political parties, in their bid to gain power, authority and make political achievements , a collision and conflict emerged in trends ,ideas and goalsbetween those parties, the communist and the Arab Baath socialist.They are so contradictive ideologically with each other. Ones feels that the Arab Baath party foundation was the result of the existence of the Communist party and its ideas.This conflict was reflected on the political attitude in the Iraqi field and leads to a mass chaos and sever conflict which affected negatively the economic, social and political lives of the Iraqis.The statue of collision and conflict of both parties varies from time to another according to the weakness and strength state of the party.It started as a conflict in visions,Concepts and orientations then developed to political exclusions in most of times ,the conflict in all its forms was continues till 1968 when the Arab Baath party conquered the authority in Iraq and started to exclude and marginalization of all parties and political movements in Iraq.From this corner point came the importance of the subject that used to follow the conflict state between the two parties throughout the period of the study mentioned.We considered the period between ( 1947 - 1968 ) as the time limits.1947 represented the foundation of the Arab Baath socialist party when it was officially established on the 7th April 1947.While the 1968 represented the time of the Arab Baath controlling of all the authorities and power in Iraq then starting to cancel any role to the communist part on the Iraqi field as a real competitive partner,not only that but make it as a follower to him.During that period ,the two parties witnessed a noticeable ideological activity and a great expansion on their followers and supporting public and professional organizations.In addition to the multiplicity of their positions of internal economic, social and political issues.This study consists of a preface, five chapters and a conclusion and a set of appendices in addition to this introduction, which aimed to clarify the importance of the thesis material and identify the most important implications.In the Introduction, where we dealt with the beginning of the formation of ideas of both parties and the beginning of their establishment public principles.The first Chapter dealt with the intellectual contradictions between the two parties where we declared the intellectual differences between them within several aspects included internationalism , nationalism ,democracy , the Central public democracy , religion , scientific socialism , Arabic Socialism,Federal Union , immediate unity , the revolution , coup ,the situation concerning minorities and the rights of self - determination.The second chapter highlighted the theme of the relationship between the two parties against the internal political events for the period between 1947 - 1958 and included December prance 1948 ,the uprising in November 1952 , the United Popular Front in 1954 , the uprising of 1956 , the National Front Union in 1957 and wedeclared it clear that the attempt of each party's respective outcropping on the other party's account and try to prove their presence and their role in the events which led to compete and hostility between them.Chapter III wasdevoted to declare the case of conflict between the two parties in the field of interior politics ( July 14, 1958 - 8 in February 1963) which included the Arab unity and its impact on the conflict between them,the movements of Rashid Ali , Abdul WahabAl - Shawwaf and their impact on the relationship between the two parties as well as the assassination of Abdul Karim Qasim and its reflections on trying The relationship between them. This period had stormyevents in which conflict was very clear and reflected on all aspects of life causing total chaos and political confusion.Chapter IV devoted to declarethe case of conflict between the two parties on the leadership of the public professional and trade, labor union organizations and the competition work in different fronts.In addition the difference in their positions in dealing with the Kurdish issue to find the best solution.In chapter V the conflict had reached its climax point during the period (8 Feb.1963 - 17 July 1968 ) precisely in section one which lasted until 18 October 1963 when the first reign of Baath ruling had removed. During this period the shape of conflict characterized in various types; The elimination of political opponents, torture, arrest and severely treat political opponents. Then the conflict had shifted into sever ideological political differences at the end of Abdul - Salam Arif reign on 13th of April 1963.After that it changed into a difference in their visions and ways of solving the domestic problems.While the conclusion implemented the most important scientific results in accordance with their contents.We sought through supplements of this study to the publication of documents and important data to both parties with a difference because the Baath Party documents had been published in the book : "The struggle of the Baath documentary"This thesis depended on published and unpublished documentsAnd the literature of their members and diaries of followers who lived through the events and they were a center of the political decision at the time , the message and university thesis, which dealt with the march of the two parties and their activities and some English books, Arabic books, translated in addition to researches and published studies, newspapers, magazines and personal interviews with the Baathists and communists who had informed on events in that period.The study reached a number of conclusions which were represented that the establishment of the two parties was not derived out of total conviction is in their principles and methods but the foundation of the communist party came as the foundation of some Arab communist parties in Egypt and Algeria ,its ideology was not originally related to the people's needs and does not meet their political ,economic and social conditions. It was just an imported theory from the Soviet Union without any attention to the differences between both societies. On the other side ,the foundation of the Arab Baath socialist party came as a re - action on the foundation of the Communist party. Also its principles and views Was not taken from the Arabic society but was a combination of a scattered ideas from all over the world ;French socialism ,German Nationalism , some of the Islamic tradition and a lot of Marxism thoughts. They are a mixture of not harmonized thoughts.We have proved the ideological conflict between the two parties which taken some contradictive decisions and showed that the Baath party has no obvious ideology but just to oppose the communist party although on the surface they seem to meet ideologically in dealing with some of the interior problems during the period 1974 - 1958 but the differences sooner began to appear after each event in deciding the slogans the demonstrators should pear and the role of each party in controlling the street. Both of them assumed to control the streetand this leads to the enlargement of the difference between them characterized in the speeches. As a result the conflict became stronger.During the period1958 - 1963 the conflict decreased and shifted into coups and conspiracies.The Baath was the generator of these events aiming to get rid of the communist party to control the country and ruling it, Baath realized the only way to defeat the communist party was through assassinatingAbdul Kareem Kasim.This plan was targeted towards the communist party and that what was happened on the 8th of Feb. 1963.Concerning the working on various fronts ,both parties was not truthful in his preaches but they would like to increase their followers and to capture the authority and power at the same time to destroy all the political opponents.Their invitations to solve the Kurdish issue were not stable and fundamental they vary according to the strength and weakness of each party during the period he passed through. Conflict increased and characterized in different types after 8th Feb 1963 the Baath After the successful coup and began to rule Iraq.The first thing Baath started with is to get rid of all his political opponents from the communist party severely. That was not stopped at preventing communist ideology from being spread but included the assassinations of communist members and arresting some of them ,torturing them and denies them. The conflictviolence released after the end of Baath ruling on the 18th November 1963 and changed into a differences in visions and concepts concerning internal political situations and this was continues until the return of the Baath to the ruling of Iraq on the 17th of July 1968.
الصفحات الاولى:

شارل الكسندر دي كالون (1734 - 1802) ودوره الاصلاحي في فرنسا Charles Alexander De Callonne (1734 - 1802) And Its Role In The Reformist Of France

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: سعاد عبد الحسين لفلوف الشويلي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: نعيم كريم عجيمي الشويلي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
المستخلص: Preoccupied study historical figures prominent place in Iraqi universities, those personalities that led roles in various political , economic and social aspects , which occupied a lot of space and a large area in the European modern history, flying that the person is a historic event maker , and understand the circumstances and the nature of his personality and intellectual principles that safe it is very important to understand the historical events that contributed to the manufacture , as well as to the kind of studies which attracted the attention of many researchers and academics are not limited to CV only to these characters but also dealt with historical events and political developments that took part , and it came to exceed the often to study the developments and situations in which the consequent impact on the personal subject of the study. We saw modern French history like other countries of the world new characters emergence of research and investigation and study , and historical study of European dealt with a large number of those personalities that have important roles in the history of France, but those studies have neglected the other characters did not shed light on them , equivalent to the role played by , which do not think by negligence but for the large number of French personalities and this play and his modern French history from being a generator wonderful, and wider events and the complexity and inventor endlessly for such characters, regardless of affiliation intellectual, principles and achievements, and despite the fact that this type of study is beset with many difficulties and it is due to the divergence of views on this personal and others because of personal interest or differences in opinions and ideas, but we have tried to exercise caution and objectivity for fear of slipping in the bias and favoritism, and in light of our understanding of the specificity of this approach we have chosen the subject of the letter came which (Charles Alexander de Callon and its role reformist in France 1734 - 1802). The selection of the 1734 start of the study because it is the year he was born Callon, while the study stopped at 1802 as a year in which Kallon, who died, and thus draw a clear picture of all the qualities and actions and movements and positions Callon from his birth until his death. Researcher chronology adopted in the events listed , but it was forced to return for a previous time in the first Chapter in the first and second topics, in addition resorted to reliance on a topic thread and attention by the controls required by the need in the course of research. Required by the nature of the study, divided into four chapters preceded by an introduction and followed by a conclusion and a set of appendices and a list of sources. The first chapter entitled (Callon upbringing and his enemies), has been divided into two topics, devoted the first topic of them to study (upbringing and his enemies 1734 - 1766), as it has in this section refer to his life since birth, education, social composition, and has the reference in this section to 1766 for it Callon focus of attention of all the great and effective role in resolving the issue of Brittany has become, while interested in the second topic study (Callon administration for the cities of Metz and Lille), since this topic shaped the great role played by Callon and administrative reforms to these two cities after they were suffering from neglect, though of great importance that it was enjoyed by the cities of Metz and Lille. The second chapter (of finance ministers policy from 1774 to 1781 before assuming Callon Ministry of Finance), which was divided into two sections, the first topic (Ministry of Turku 1774 - 1776), it has a reference to the financial and economic situation prior to the receipt of Turku for the post of Inspector General, and then touched to the Ministry of reforms Turku and place appropriate solutions to solve the financial crisis, while taking the second section (Ministry of Jacques Necker 1776 - 1781) , as indicated in this section for the economic reforms of Necker in France when he took office in the General Inspectorate of Finance for the first time. And display the third chapter (economic policy of the Inspector General Callon 1783 - 1786), has studied the events of the period mentioned in three topics, we discussed in the first (of appointment to the post of the General Inspectorate in 1783) after it became vacant after Necker, as has been selected Callon in the post of Inspector General finance in 1783 and then winning promoted to finance minister, that office who has not obtained his degree only Callon and that the qualifications he enjoyed, while the second topic came to highlights program Callon economic reform in 1784 - 1787 and how to develop reform plans in the economy and the money and find solutions to the advancement and sophistication of financial status of France as his plans included all areas, while the third topic focused on trade treaty between Britain and France in 1786 due to the importance of the treaty and its impact on France. The fourth chapter was titled (Callon and inviting classes) Council, has been divided into two sections, separated first topic Council layers and configured, and the role of Callon in the invite that Council meetings attended to discuss the reforms presented by Kallon that the Council in which the benefit and the benefit of France and discuss outstanding issues not yet been implemented, and the reason for the finding opponents Callon and because of them hatched plots against him which led to his dismissal and exile, while Browse second section (migration Callon to England) that immigration that helped Callon to participate against the French Revolution and the role played by Callon in the fight counter - revolution against the French Revolution and its support for the princes of the royalists and the provision of financial and diplomatic aid to the warlords, as well as the status of plans to stand against the French revolutionaries, and after the Chapter concluded the last phase of his life at his bedside and his death in 1802. The study relied on many sources that formed a key in the formation of the thesis and show it as such, it comes in the forefront of unpublished documents, including the reform program submitted to the layered Council gathering in 1787, and the Treaty concluded between France and the UK trade in 1786, as well as the memorandum submitted by the Turku on The local government in 1775
الصفحات الاولى:

احمد جبريل سيرته ودوره العسكري ونشاطه السياسي في القضية الفلسطينية حتى عام 1982 Ahmed Jibreel His Biography And Military Role And Politic Ativity In The Palestinian Case Until 1982

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: فرات عادل لفتة
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: مهند عبد العزيز عطية الشبيب
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
المستخلص: Ahmed Jibreel is one of Palestinian characters that played a major role in the Palestinian National Struggle on both the military and the political fields. He is the chief of the Palestinian Liberation front and then the popular front of Liberating Palestine - General Command.The study starts from 1937(which is the year he was born in the village of "Yazure" in Palestine) to1982 (which is the year of the exodus of the Palestinian Liberation Organization from Lebanon after the "Israeli" Invasion of Lebanon and the dispersion of the Palestinian Organizations all around the Arab countries, and so, Jibreel, the leader of the popular front of Liberating Palestine - General Command, decided to leave to Syria to continue his struggle against "Israel", and to stay armed till the liberation of the entire Palestinian lands is a achieved.The study consists of an introduction, four chapters, ending and few addendums. The first chapter dealt with the biography of Ahmed Jibreel and his early political and military activities through the years (1937 - 1967), in three sections, the first one talked about his birth, primary school. Circumstances in which he grew and it's effect on his military tendency, joining the military academy in Egypt in 1957, and his attempt to join the Algerian revolution. As for the second section, it covered the early political activity of Ahmed Jibreel and his role in forming the Palestinian Liberation Front in 1959 in order to return to Palestine without the need to depend on the Arab armies. This section also took the matter of the secret activities of the front befor annoucing the armed struggle. The section ended with Jibreel's stance from forming the Palestinian Liberation organization's in1964. The Third section dealt with Jibreel's attempt to arrange his work with Fatah movement but that only lasted for six months. Because the disagreements between the two organizations.Chapter two studied the role of Ahmed Jibreel in the Palestinian National Struggle during (1967 - 1973), it included three sections, section one talked about the participation of Ahmed Jibreel in the war of June in 1967 in the Syrian front, where the cells of Palestine Liberation Front existed.The sections also studied the efforts of Ahmed Jibreel for uniting the Palestinian organizations to reply on the defeat of June, which ended by forming the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine. The section also talked about the battle of "al karama" in March 1968, and the military strategy that he followed to stand againt the "Israel" attack on the town of karama. As for section two, it dealt with the reasons that made Ahmed Jibreel split from the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, and forming a new organization called the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine - General Command. The section talked about the principles of the front and the conferences that were held during that period, and the activities of Ahmed Jibreel that aimed to gain support for his forehead. The Chapter ended by stance of Ahmed Jibreel from Palestinian - Jordanian dispute in(1970 - 1971), and the project of the united Arab Kingdom, which was suggested by King Hussein in 1972.As for chapter three, it deals with the role of Ahmed Jibreel in the war of October in1973 and his stance from the projects of political settlement in1982. The Chapter included three sections; the first one was about Jibreel's attempt to deduct a suitable plan to protect the bloc of (Jawlan) befor the war of October. The plan was presented by the Libyan president Muammar Kaddafi, to the Egyptian government, which refused the plan. The section also talked about Jibreel's bloc role during the war by increasing it's operation inside the invited lands to disturb "Israel" plans and to open a third bloc against it. The second sections of this chapter pointed to the first of these commando operations, which is Al Khalisa (Kiryat shamon). The section also reffered to Jibreel's efforts and his visits to the Arab countries especially to Iraq, Libya. To gain their support to from the bloc of rejection in1974 to face the suggested settlement project. The chapter ended with Jibreel's stance from ending the Arab - Israel dispute (1978 - 1982).Chapter four concentrates on Jibreel's role in the Lebanon civil war. And defending the Palestinian existence in Lebanon in(1975 - 1982). And Jibreel's stance forms the Syrian intervention in the Lebanese civil war. Which was clearly accepted by Jibreel, and that affected his relation with some of the Palestinian leaders who were against this intervention. The Chapter ended Jibreel's role in con forting the "Israel" invasion to Lebanon in(1978 - 1982). And it's consequences depicted by Jibreel's positive stance with other leaders and cooperating with them to face this invasion especially during the siege of Beirut in1982. This invasion resulted in their exodus from Lebanon.The main conclusions arrived at in this study are : 1 - It is observed that Ahmed Jibreel had a good position in his powerful family in Palestine, and also in Syria, his mother came from Al - Assaly family, which was quite power full in Syria. So, his family immigrated to Syria in1948 after the war in Palestine, using these strong relationships, and they settled in the city of Al Qunaytra which is the center of Jawlan heights and the military center of the Syrian army and this Justifies the strong relationship between Ahmed Jibreel and the Syrian and the government in later times.2 - Ahmed Jibreel was influenced by the successful experiment of armed struggle that some nations had had, especially in Algeria and Vietnam which inspired many revolutionaries all around the world. Ahmed Jibreel became convinced that the solution of the Palestinian case implied in the ability of the Palestinians to go through an armed struggle against "Israel", and according to this point, he started his first organization, known as(the Palestinian Liberation front),which was, in addition to Fatah, one of the first commando organizations that adopted the of armed struggle.3 - It is noticed from struggling role of Ahmed Jibreel that he Tried to arrange to work with many Palestinian commando organizations; with Fatah in1965, and then he joined the Arab Nationalists movement, in1967 he formed the (Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine). He also had apart in forming (The rejectionist front) in1974, but all of these efforts did not lead to uniting the Palestinian work efficiently.4 - By observing the biography of Ahmed Jibreel and his role in the Palestinian national struggle, it is seen that his points of view had a military tendency and not political, due to the environment in which he grew and lived. That's why he rarely attended the political meetings held by the Palestinian leaders. In such events. Some of the members of his "the Popular Front to liberate Palestine - General Command" him. But on the military field, Ahmed Jibreel had an outstanding role in training the commandos and participating and planning some of the operations.5 - Ahmed Jibreel was the mastermind of some of the commando operations that had a greal political and media attention, and cost "Israel" major losses, such as the operation of Al Khalisa (Kiryat shamon) and (um al Akareb) in1974 and the operation of Nawras in 1979.
الصفحات الاولى:

عبد الحليم خدام ودوره السياسي في سورية (1932 - 1989) Abdul Halim Khaddam And His Political Role In Syria (1932 - 1989)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: رؤى وحيد عبد الحسين السعدي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
المستخلص: The studies have led to different roles in the political, economic and social aspects have been filled a wide space in modern historical , and central importance in many countries of the world, to the importance of the individual in the formation of society. This type of study is fraught with many difficulties for different opinions about this character, or because of personal interest or sectarian and partisan differences. We tried to be cautious, and we stick to objectivity, for fear of slipping into bias , according to our understanding of the specificity of this approach, we chose the subject of the thesis (The political role of Abdel Halim Khaddam in Syria 1932 - 1989). This personality has become a political reality in Syria, the emergence of the personality was from the field of law to administrative affairs as governor of the cities of Hama then Konitra and Damascus. He became minister of economy and foreign trade, then became foreign minister until he became vice president of the republic. Through his position he was able to create historical events and was an engine for its operations. He has left a significant impact on Syria's political history, because he was the second man after President Hafez al - Assad, and played a role in moving Syrian foreign policy for the benefit of his country and other countries.In his life there were several stations and experiments that succeeded in most of them and he failed in a few of them. This thesis answers a number of questions that have come to our mind, as is Abdul Halim's character worthy to study? How he grew up and learned? What are the most important characteristics of his character fixed and changing? What is his role at the political and economic levels, before he becomes prime minister and foreign minister? What are his achievements in the field of foreign policy? What is his political role in the Lebanese civil war? What are the most prominent projects he put forward at the beginning of the war? Where his role in the conference Riyadh, Cairo and Beit Din?. We will try to answer these and other questions In this study, the study divided into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion that included the main findings of the study.The first chapter focused on (The upgrowth of Abdul Halim Khaddam and his political activity), the first section deal with his education, how did he go from the bottom of the social stair to the top and how he entered to field of policy and administration. The second section highlighted on his administration of the Ministry of Economy and Foreign Trade, and his achievements as well as his participation in the coup in 1970.The second chapter under title (Abdel Halim Khaddam's policy towards Arab political events 1971 - 1975) , the first section deal with the position of Abdel Halim Khaddam from the march of Syrian - Egyptian relations between 1970 - 1972 and his role in achieving the most important agreement between the two countries , formation of the Union of Arab Republics and preparation for the liberation battle. The second section studied the relations between Syria and Jordan in 1971 , and the position of Abdel Halim Khaddam about works, positions and events that happened in it. Third section deal with Abdel Halim Khaddam's position on the Arab - Israeli conflict between 1973 - 1974, and his initiative in the war of October 1973. And his position about the transformations in Arab - Israeli conflict in 1973 - 1974 , and all conventions and conferences that held to resolve this conflict. The fourth section concentrate on movements of Abdul Halim Khaddam to face the Sinai agreement in 1975 between Egypt and Israel, and the steps that taken to prevent the isolation of Syria, and then closer relations with other countries after Egypt became outside the circle of the Arab - Israeli conflict. Chapter three discuss the subject of (Abdel Halim Khaddam's role in the Lebanese civil war between 1975 - 1978) in tow sections , the first deal with position of Abdel Halim Khaddam about political developments on the Lebanese area in 1975 - 1976, he succeed in stopping the fighting and preventing the division of Lebanon in 1976 , and his efforts in preparing the political reform document (Constitutional Document) , which put an end to the fighting. And his position on the deterioration of the military situation in Lebanon, and his role of Syrian military intervention in Lebanon in 1976, confrontation to the Camp David Agreement and its repercussions on the Lebanese arena in 1978 and its impact on the Syrian presence in Lebanon. In this section, discussed his role in the conference of Beit Al - Deen in 1978 for end the war in Lebanon, he was a representative of Syria at the conference. Chapter fourth highlighted on the (Syria's foreign policy between 1979 - 1989 and the role of Abdel Halim Khaddam in it), this chapter divided in tow sections , the first talked about the Syrian - Iranian alliance, and the pivotal role of Abdel Halim Khaddam in it in 1979 - 1989. As well as the mediation of Abdul Halim Khaddam to reduce the conflict between Iran and the Gulf states in the years 1982 - 1988, and his position about the Syrian - Iranian alliance in Lebanon between (1982 - 1989). The second part (Abdel Halim Khaddam and the Lebanese civil war between 1981 - 1989) , it studied the activities of Abdel Halim Khaddam in the face of the battle of Zahle and the 1981 missiles crisis, Abdel Halim's proceedings in the face of the agreement of 17 May 1983, his role in National Dialogue Conference in Geneva and Lausanne (1983 - 1984) ; he represented his country and presented new ideas for the success of the conference, then deal with the Syrian - Lebanese negotiations since 1986 until the end of the Lebanese civil war and his role in it.He shared his friend Hafez al - Assad in party work and made essential changes to get out from the isolation, and became in 1970 as a field of conflict between members of Al - Baath party for liquidation of accounts and personal interests, it was an old conflict that began after the setback of June 1967, that led to coup by Hafez al - Assad, Abdel Halim Khaddam and other members of the party, which was considered a corrective movement, Abdul Halim Khaddam was the second man and the spokesman for Hafez al - Assad , he was a distinguished man and a master of plans and its architect. Abdel Halim Khaddam presented an idea for the collection of the warring militias by signing of the tripartite agreement in 1985 for a comprehensive solution to the war. He was able to affect on the political militias, and they agreed to conclude an agreement, but the opposition of the Lebanese Front with some parties caused the cancellation , as a result, Lebanese - Syrian relations deteriorated, after long negotiations between the two sides they reached to a national reconciliation document in 1989 under the supervision of Abdel Halim Khaddam, this document is a mini - image of the tripartite agreement document that prepared by Abdul Halim Khaddam and adopted in the Taif Agreement 1989 to end the civil war in Lebanon. Abdel Halim Khaddam was bold to solve the crisis in Lebanon, he was clear in his active role to make Syria responsible for resolving the Lebanese crisis, in order to prevent Israel from achieving its objectives in Lebanon at the expense of Syria.We can say that Abdel Halim Khaddam was a prominent Arab nationalist and political character, he managed by his diplomatic style to make Syria be at the forefront of confrontation, and keep the danger away from Syria by holding alliances, and his transfers among countries have raise Syria's standing, America was afraid of Syria and considered it a difficult figure in its calculation.
الصفحات الاولى:

التطورات السياسية الداخلية في العراق 1973 - 1979 م Internal Political Developments In Iraq 1973 - 1979 AD

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: علي صالح عباس الحسناوي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: رحيم عبد الحسين عباس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
المستخلص: The political side occupied , an important place in the history of peoples, due to his close involvement in the progress of nations and communities, so this study tagged come : (internal political developments in Iraq from 1973 to 1979) to shed light on this important aspect of the history of the Iraqi people, especially the mentioned period has not been studied Academically in Iraqi universities, and a lot of researchers and students avoided it , because of fear of a lack of documents or to avoid to delve into sensitive things according to their point of view, because we are still very near era to the above mentioned period, the researcher decided to go into this fields despite the caveats mentioned, because the period I studied may It marked by events that cast a noisy events on the subsequent stages of the history of modern Iraq, so it worth's studying. Nature of the study imposed that we take from the subject approach to search across the message that began with an introductory chapter we dealt with the internal political developments in Iraq between (1968 and 1973) we have passed on those developments quickly to clarify the picture to the reader regarding the roots of many of the events of the period Research topic. Thesis is divided into five chapters and an epilogue, as well as the introduction, the first chapter came, an introductory chapter we refered to it earlier, entitled : (internal political developments in Iraq, 1968 - 1973) and included four axes first of them allocated to discuss the events of 17th of July coup in 1968, while taking the second the situation the Baath Party government to ward opposition forces, and the third dealt with the government's towards the Kurdish issue, and the fourth talked about the attempt of Abdul Ghani Al - Rawi coup of 1970 and the attempt of Nadhim ikzar coup which take place in 1973. The second chapter, studied the following address : (Native and National Progressive Front 1973 - 1979) As it is clear from the title, it dealt with the formation of the Native and the National Progressive Front in 1973, and it was the period in which the study began , and the chapter distributes on two sections devoted first to form the front and the second deveted the conflict of Baathist and communist and the collapse of the Front. the third chapter discuss the developments of the Kurdish issue under the title of : (Kurdish issue 1973 - 1979) and split on two divisions touched first Kurdish issue since 1973 until the outbreak of war between the Kurds and the government in April 1974, and the second dealt with the Kurdish issue since the outbreak of the war in 1974 and the defeat of the Kurds in 1975 and the rest of the developments of the Kurdish issue until 1979. Devoted the fourth quarter to study uprising of Najaf in 1977 and 1979, and was chosen to him the following address : (Uprisings of Najaf in 1977 and 1979) and split on two topics included the first of which four axes and set aside to discuss the uprising of Najaf in 1977 by addressing the direct and indirect and events and their consequences to their causes, the same thing was pulled on the second topic, but it was three axes. The chapter Five studied the ministerial changes in the period of study and have been allocated the first section of the chapter, and the chapter dealt with the exclusion of Ahmed Hassan al - Bakir from the power and the assumption of Saddam Hussein events in 1979 and this the event in which concluded the study and allocated a second section, came the chapter entitled : (Changes ministerial 1973 - 1979 and the exclusion of Ahmed Hassan al - Bakr from the power). In conclusion it included the most important conclusions that emerged from the study
الصفحات الاولى:

الوحيد البهبهاني دراسة في سيرته واثاره العلمية والاجتماعية Al - Wahid Al - Bahbahani In His Study Of Scientific And Social Impact

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: زينب خالد عبد الغني عزوز الياسري
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عدي حاتم عبد الزهرة المفرجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:

طلعت الشيباني ودوره في العراق 1917 - 1992 Talaat Al - Shaibani And His Role In Iraq (1917 - 1992)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: نبيل عبد الواحد حسن التميمي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: محمد عصفور سلمان الاموي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
المستخلص: The second half of the twentieth century witnessed decisive events in Iraq contemporary history. The result of which was the fall of the Royal Regime and the appearance of successive Republic Regimes. The rule of Abdul Kareem Qasim attracted as much attention of many writers and researchers till the appearance of the first republic. They traced the stages of the patriotic movement, its conflict with the Royal Regime and its attitude towards the 14th July Revolution 1958.They were concerned with the Republic, its own internal and external strategies as well as the events and situation which have taken place for four years and a half and their own representatives. Although that long period of history was investigated from different political, economical, and social aspects, light was not shed on an important figure, who had an influential role in the 14th July Revolution 1958 and afterwards, Dr. Talaat Al Shaibani.Thus, the present study is concerned with showing the importance of the figure in question. Accurately, the researcher takes into consideration the social situation of Dr. Talaat AL Shaibani , his political , intellectual activities as well as his academic accomplishment after 1963. He remained, for years, an independent politician , away from prejudices and conflicting attitudes as when he worked with in the executive power. He did not have any political activity after the coup against 14th July Revolution. The study is divided into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter is concerned with Dr. Talaat'S ancestry, birth, upbringing, education, and the social stages forming his own personality till 1944. It also sheds light on his study stages abroad. The second chapter is concerned with his initial political work and his membership within the Patriotic Democratic Party. He was nominated for Diyala province and proceeded within his high study and was awarded Ph.D from the American university of Indiana.He started then his professional career which though did not last for long out of persecution practiced by the Royal Regime. AS a result, however , he was cast off his own position for three years. But , he was not that discouraged. He soon attended , as a member , Ansaar Al Islam movement and was an independent member within the national front 1954 , a candidate on behalf of Diyala province as well as a member of the central Committee for the National Union Front.The latter collaborated with ( OPEC) before 14th July Revolution and the fall of the Royal Regime. The third chapter is concerned with Dr. Talaat'S role in the committee of Agricultural Reform and the formation of its own rules. He became then the Minister of Construction in 1959 and had his role in the economic treaty with the Soviet Union which in turn had its effect on the economical prosperity in Iraq. He was appointed too as the first Iraqi Planning Minister to put the first fivefold prosperity plan in Contemporary Iraqi history 1965 - 1966. It aimed at doubling the national product s and lessen the country's dependence on oil's inputs. The concern of the fourth chapter is Dr. Talaat's important role in Oil negotiations as the chief of Iraqi representatives , witnessed the arise of (OPEC) in 1960 and attended its meetings sucessfully. The chapter also tackles Dr. Talaat's relation with the Iraqi national force and his collaboration with the Arabic issues at the time. The chapter also refers to his books of agriculture and laws which enriched the Iraqi libraries. Besides, a reference is made to the conditions of his imprisonment, prosecution and death in 1992. However, the researcher relied on different resources, so as to put the study in its present form, as are mentioned in references and bibliography. It is concluded through this study of Dr. Talaat Al Shaibani and his political, professional, intellectual role in Iraq : 1. He is considered as one of the important figures who were awarded with different positions both in party and profession in Iraqi State, though with no political legacy. As person, he was a self - made man who relied on his own independently of the social, political influences which were available at the time especially after the establishment of the Iraqi state in 1921 which exclusively included some of the well - known Iraqi families with political legacy. 2. Academically, he was qualified having B.A degree in law, two high diplomas, from Cairo, in the political economics and islamic shariah which made possible his final awarding Ph.D from the American university of Indiana.
الصفحات الاولى:

فهمي المدرس ونشاطه الثقافي والسياسي في العراق 1873 - 1944 Fahmi Al Mudaris And His Cultural, And Political Activity In Iraq (1873 - 1944)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: جعفر محمود سلمان
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: موفق هادي سالم
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
المستخلص: Some of the studies has never been investigated by researchers, except few articles. The character of Fahmi Al Mudaris was one of them which is the significance of this study. The reason of choosing this character for this study was his prominent role in administrative and cultural activity as well as his attitude toward the British invasion to Iraq.This study was divided into three chapters proceeded by an introduction and followed by a conclusion. The first chapter discussed his origins, early life and cultural activity, as well as his participations in the field of education in the university of Istanbul and the Syrian Arab government. The second chapter studied his political and educational activity (1920 - 1930). It also discussed his role in protesting the 1922 convention between Iraq and Britain as well as his participation in the establishment of the university of Al El Beit in Iraq and its activity in between 1924 - 1930. The third chapter discussed his joining to the National Party and his role in the 1930 convention between Iraq and Britain. It also investigated his career in the ministry of science in 1935 and his attitude towards the revolution of May 1941 as well as his opinions, style, publications, and writing in jurnals.The study has relied on various resources. Some of them were indispensible while other resources were limited to cetain aspects of the study. The most important resources used in the study are the ducuments preserved in the National House of Books and Documents in the National Library, as well as the files of the Royal Court and the sources affixed in the bibliography. The study has reached some conclusions and facts about Fahmi Al Mudaris. One of them is that he supervised the first newspaper in Iraq "Al Zawraa"; this witnessing of events of three regimes : the Othman, British, and Royal. He was one of the supporters of religious reform movement established by Jamal Eddin Al Afghani which was the reason behind his exile to Rhodes island.
الصفحات الاولى:

التطورات السياسية الداخلية في العراق 1968 - 1973 Internal Political Developments In Iraq 1973 - 1968

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ابراهيم رسول حسين العامري
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: رحيم عبد الحسين عباس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
المستخلص: Iraq witnessed in the period between 1968 and 1973, many of the crucial events, thus that period represented an important decisive point in modern history of Iraq overshadowed the subsequent stages, This phase did not receive academic study in Iraqi universities to discuss its internal political developments, So this Thesis came tagged : ((internal political developments in Iraq 1968 - 19973)) to shed light on those events.the nature of the subject of the study It imposed to follow the way of the unity of subject approach to research in this study, Formed from this introduction and four chapters. the first chapter of which was entitled the coup of July 17, 1968, and it is divided into two sections ,the first section was titled (a glimpse of the political situation during the Al arefey Covenant 1963 - 1968) came to give a picture of the political situations that preceded the occurrence of the seventeenth of July coup, While the second section title (coup July 17, 1968) which was addressed to the reasons for the coup and its implementation and the formation of the Revolutionary Command Council, And the announcement of the cabinet reshuffle, And the thirtieth of July Events, Besides addressing to the interim constitution promulgated in the 21st of September 1968. The second Chapter devoted to discuss internal political developments between 1968 - 1971 and was divided into four sections, The first of which was assigned to discuss the Kurdish issue 1968 - 1971 and the second included Abdul Ghani al - Rawi attempted coup in January 1970, And the third dealt with the issuance of the interim constitution in the sixteenth of July 1970, while the fourth section dealt with the government's opinion on al - Hawza in Najaf from 1968 to 1971.the third Chapter discussed the government policy towards the opposition forces 1968 - 1973, It included three sections ,the first dealt the government's policy toward Islamists while The second section highlight on the government's policy toward the Communists and the third dealt with the government's policy towards the nationalist forces in 1968 - 1973.the fourth Chapter dealt with internal political developments in 1972 - 1973 and was divided into three sections, the first of which was assigned to discuss the political implications of the nationalization of oil in 1972 at the interior level and its impact on the internal politics. The second section dealt with the attempt Nazim Kzar coup in June 1973, And the last section included the formation of the National Front and the National Progressivism in July 1973.The Conclusion dealt with the most important inferences that emerged from this study.
الصفحات الاولى:

عمران الحاج سعدون اثاره الاجتماعية ومواقفه السياسية 1888 - 1942 Omran Al - Haj Saadoun Raised Social And Political Attitudes 1888 - 1942 A.D.

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: سمر حكيم مزهر خليف الطائي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عدي حاتم عبد الزهرة المفرجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
المستخلص: In the history of contemporary Iraq, there are many personalities worthy of study, attention and the ability to play an effective and influential role in the course of political events, especially those personalities who have not only existed and participated in a city or in a period of time, but rather its activity extended from several cities and in critical periods of the history of those the cities, The studies have dealt with many important figures that omran Haj Saadoun did not receive his share of the study of the whole of his life despite his multiple activities not only in the years of the monarchy but in the stages that preceded it.omran Haj Saadoun has appeared on the scene of political life as an important figure in the history of contemporary Iraq, which contributed clearly to the building of the state and has played a distinctive role in the political events experienced by Iraq at the time, and distinguished omran Haj Saadoun as a tribal and political figure during the British occupation, Has a clear impact in the Iraqi government and has exercised its political, administrative and parliamentary influence to contribute to the building of the modern Iraqi state.The reasons I mentioned are behind my choice of the character of Omran al - Haj Saadoun in an attempt to uncover many of the mysterious aspects surrounding this character, from childhood and study, and then his prominence on the political arena and his contribution to the important political events surrounding Iraq's policy at the time.Based on the above, it is necessary to divide the message into a preface, three chapters and a conclusion, in which the most prominent conclusions reached by this chapter, as well as the first chapter, entitled " omran Haj Saadoun, his environment, The first topic focused on the environment of omran Haj Saadoun before his birth in different respects, which is very important as the researcher believes very humbly that without it cannot understand the personality of Omran Haj Saadoun scientific and objective understanding, especially if we take into consideration the fact that the important historical roles Which is played by political figures, which is an expression of the social conditions experienced by the impact of this in the composition of the intellectual, and devoted the second subject to study its first development until the study and composition of intellectual and cultural.The second chapter, entitled " Omran al - Haj Saadoun and his political role in the history of contemporary Iraq from 1914 to 1924" follows the political activity of omran al - Haj Saadoun through the two sections. The first was to highlight his position on the British occupation of Iraq from 1914 to 1920, The first time in the face of the British occupation of Iraq's 1914 States and his departure with his tribe to Shuaiba and managed to acquire a British cannon during the process of confronting the British forces during the progress of the occupation of its territory, and contributed to the purchase of weapons of his own money and did not hesitate to support the tribes of defending the territory with funds, During this period, OmranHadjSaadoun held several posts, including the head of the Indian district, the position he received in March 1917 and the work he did during his term in office,The secondtopic dealt with his role in the revolution of the twentieth and his position on the events of the tribes in 1935 and the Maes revolution in 1941.The third chapter entitled "The Parliamentary Role of omran al - Hajj Saadoun 1924 - 1942", which consisted of two sections. The first part of the parliamentary life in the Ottoman Empire, of which the states of Iraq were a part, was discussed and the role of deputy in the Iraqi Constituent Assembly, And the Constitution in 1925, and dealt with the second section of his parliamentary role from 1925 to 1942 since the beginning of the inauguration of the Iraqi National Assembly on 16 July 1925, and participated Omran Haj Saadoun in the elections of the Council and elected a deputy for the brigade Hilla for five sessions.The documents are based on various aspects of the economic and political activities of the hometown of omran al - Haj Saadoun (Hindiya district), in which the message conveyed much information about its environmenTuwerjAnd enriched the Arabic sources and Arabized chapters letter valuable information among them, but not limited to book Moez Din Muhammad Mahdi al - Husseini al - Qazwini (tribal names and Onsabha) and book Hamoud al - Saadi (studies on the tribes of Iraq) and the book Hamoud al - Saadi (studies on the tribes of Iraq), and the book Hussein Hindawi ( Indian Touirij our house and orchard Babylon) and book a Falah Mahmoud Khader al - Bayati, (the Indian city (Touirij) origins and evolution of civilization from 1799 to 1920) and a book Abdul Razzaq al - Hassani (the date of the Iraqi ministries) and a book (Great Iraqi Revolution) and (Iraq occupation League Mandate) and writers Mohammed Muzaffar ADHAMI (Iraqi constituent assembly) and The book of kamil Salman al - Jubouri (Najaf and Islamic Jihad).The book by Max Fryhir von Oppenheim et al. (Bedouins), and the book of Flip Ireland (Iraq Studying its Political Evolution),and the book of Stephen HommeslyLunkerick (Four Centuries of Iraq's History) and The Book of the Bel (chapters from the history of Iraq).We may not exaggerate if we say that the personal memoirs of the Iraqi politicians had a clear impact in this letter, especially that the book contributed to all the political events in which omranHadjSaadoun was an active part or part of it. Perhaps the most prominent of these memos, "Memoirs of Haj Salal al - Fadhel al - Moha" And memoirs of Ibrahim al - Rawi, "From the Great Arab Revolution to Modern Iraq", Memoirs of "Suleiman Faidi" and Memoirs of Muhammad al - Husain al - Kashif al - getaa "Contracts of my life" and memoirs of SalehSaib al - Jubouri. "Pages from the History of Contemporary Iraq 1914 - 1958".It was not possible to bypass the Iraqi press and magazines because of the valuable information about Omran Haj Saadoun, it has been pursuing its political activities in particular, notably the newspapers "Zora", "Iraqi Chronicles" and the echo of Babylon, "Al - Siyassa newspaper" and the Arab newspaper " "Al - Jumhuriya", "Al - Furat" and "Al - Taakhi". The most prominent magazines were Al - Aalamim, Tuwayrij, Al - Arqan, Karbala and Historical Studies.I also benefited from the books of encyclopedias such as Abdul Awn Al - Rowdan (Encyclopaedia of the Iraqi tribes) and Ali Hussein Farman Shammari (Encyclopedia of the tribes of Shamar) and the Encyclopedia of Thamer Abdul Hassan Al - Ameri (Encyclopedia of the Iraqi tribes).Theses and theses presented this thesis with important information, especially the thesis of the researcher Nadia Yassin Abdul, "The Historians A Historical Study on their Social Roots and Their Intellectual Perspectives (Late 19th Century)" and the doctoral dissertation of NazemYounis Al - Zawi, "Political History of Oil Privileges in Iran, 1901 - 1951" A letter from researcher Raja Hussein Husni al - Khattab "Iraq between 1920 - 1927 study in the development of Iraqi - British relations and its impact on Iraq's political development with a study in Iraqi public opinion" and a message to the researcher Star AlekTufili entitled "Political developments in Iraq and the position of the parliamentary political elite In the Hilla Brigade, from 1939 to 1958, and the message of Tariq Shehan al - Aqili "position of the deputies Karbala in the Iraqi parliament 1925 - 1958 ".As well as foreign sources such as a book (N. K. AL - Baraz, The Geography of Agriculture in Irrigated Areas of the middle Euphrates) and(Vital Cuinet , La Turguie D Asia) and the book (F. J. Moberly official History of the Great war, The campaing in Mesopotamia1914 - 1918).When we reviewed the personality of omran Haj Saadoun and his political and social impact in Iraq until 1942 we reached several facts - He descends from a family embracing honor, originality and true national belonging. He is the descendant of an ancient Arab family that settled Iraq a few centuries ago and played a clear role in the political and social sphere. This family has the good qualities and good qualities of this family, which left a great impact on the horizons of his personality and political thinking. Later. - The emergence of his activity after the disposal of the Ottoman rule in Iraq after the formation of the British government and exercised its role in the liberation of the country from foreign control, in coordination with the men of the national movement throughout the country to confront the occupier and provide ways to resist it by means of adequate means, even if commissioned by that alliance with the old occupied Ottoman Empire , Represented by his approach to the battlefields in defense of his country against the British occupation, and had an active contribution to participate in the bombing of the greatest revolution witnessed by Iraq in its modern history, the revolution of the twentieth. - omran Haj Saadoun was away from party life, as he did not register any affiliation to any of the political parties that were approved during the period of (1922 - 1958), which was mostly members of the politicians, some of whom threw a parliamentary bloc to represent within the ministries Or the House of Representatives, was omran Haj Saadoun away from these influences independent in making decisions away from the influence of any authority on him, and therefore did not belong to any of those parties. - When the parliamentary and constitutional institutions of government emerged as a first step to building democratic institutions that help Iraqis reach their goals, omran Haj Saadoun chose to get out of the constituencies of the restricted government to the open constituencies to participate in the parliamentary elections.
الصفحات الاولى:

جمعية الهلال الاحمر العراقي 1932 - 1954 : دراسة تاريخية Iraqi Red Crescent Society (IRCS) (1932 - 1954) Historical Study

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: محمد جدعان عبد الله
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: قحطان حميد كاظم
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2014
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
المستخلص: The idea of founding humanitarian societies and organization has been found since the mid of the twentieth century by the Swiss Henry Dunant and his effort in alleviating the soldiers' pain who have been left wounded in Solferino battle 1859. Iraq, as other Islamic countries ,witnessed the birth of such humanitarian societies particularly after establishing the national governance in Iraq in 1921 and having its political independence in 1932 by dint of many national figures' efforts in humanitarian concerns. The society received the royal family's support and favor. As the society had fulfilled many meritorious humanitarian services to the Iraqi society as well as the international society in different circumstances and crises in war and peace times. Because of the absence of specialized studies , this topic has been selected to investigate and show the importance of this association role in an important period of time of the contemporary history of Iraq ,moreover the period of the study has been identified between 1932 - 1954 as the first date represents the date of the establishment of the association as well as for the political independence of Iraq.Also, the study has identified the end of the study after 1954 because of the floods of Tigris and Euphrates exposing the association activities and effectiveness of it about that event.The researcher has depended on Iraqi unpublished documents specially the Iraqi Red Crescent documents which represent 85% of the thesis sources.Accordingly, the thesis is divided into four chapters with prologue and epilogue.Chapter one deals with the historical background of the international red crescent societies establishment and the aims and humanitarian tasks in 1859 - 1932 classifying the chapter into three sections.The first section sheds light on the red crescent societies and the red cross societies establishment and their humanitarian tasks till 1929,whereas the second sections studies the reasons of establishing these international societies. The third section tackles the tasks of the red cross and red crescent societies and the establishment of the first Aids 1863 - 1932.Chapter two discusses Iraqi Red Crescent Society referring to its establishment and its tasks in 1932 - 1936 ,hence, this chapter divided into five sections. Section one deals with the foundation of the Iraqi red crescent society and the identification of its significant tasks.When on the other hand , the second section deals with the basic system and the administrative units of the society identifying its aims and targets. The third section tackles the Iraqi Red Crescent Society (henceforth IRCS) logo with its descriptions and uses. Then ,to come after , section four sheds light on the establishment of these administrative societies and their manuals and tasks in 1932 - 1933 ,whereas section five deals with the activities of this human society from 1934 - 1936.Then, the third chapter discusses the Iraqi Red crescent society and its humanitarian activities in 1937 - 1946 whose material is divided into two sections : the first one is the humanitarian society activities in 1937 - 1941,while the second section deals with the activities of the society during the second world war(1942 - 1945)and the flood in 1946. Then , the fourth chapter examines the development of the activities of IRCS in 1947 - 1954 shedding lights on two sections, the first one talks about its activities in 1947 - 1950 while the second section tackles with the IRCS and its activities in 1951 - 1954.Finally, the conclusions have been drawn as in : 1 - The IRCS was established in the midst of internal and external crucial circumstances and events to fulfill the needs of founding human society taken upon itself giving hands to the needy people especially those who are in the lower class of the Iraqi society and also to be on track with the international RCS activities which half of the nineteenth century.2 - The IRCS attempted to reduce the Iraqis ' sufferance as well as the needy people in other countries without any discrimination in treatment in times of war and peace and it deepened on the volunteer work without any connection with the Iraqi Government to be considered as one of the pioneer civil societies in Iraq in the monarchy time. 3 - The researcher has set down the IRCS influential effect in the internal as well as the external field as it worked hard to fulfill the needs of the poverty - stricken people humanly, physically, and morally since 1932 till 1954.The society has worked consistently and with a great effort to deliver the aids to all segments of the Iraqi society in all the circumstances of disturbances and natural disasters experienced by Iraq throughout its historical era.4 - The society has various tasks in the 1940s of the twentieth century confronting the different effects of the second world war courageously, that is why it established many administrative units in the Iraqi governorates and generated new organizations as the women 's organization and society for children rights to provide the best humanitarian services to all Iraqi society classes. 5 - The society has not been confined to Iraq only it goes out the Iraqi borders to include Asian and European countries reflecting the noble human effect of this society to show the Islamic morals which make human brother ship the base of human relations.6 - The society has received a great deal of support from the Iraqi politicians particularly ,the royal family, ministers and senior civil servants ,so this shows the awareness of the importance of in building the Iraqi man ,spreading the principles of justice, rescuing the distressed, and helping them in all circumstances in spite of their religious, ethnic ,regional tendencies inside or outside Iraq.7 - The society has put the aim of helping people and fulfilling their daily needs and fundamental humanitarian aids which left a clear imprint in the history of Iraq during the monarchy as well as the aids provided within the country because of the natural disaster as : floods ,fires ,earthquakes and diseases trying to help the new generation of children and take care of their health. Besides, the society has spent more effort to train the Iraqi mothers how to do the following : taking care of their children ,and general cleanliness ,moreover ,the helps that the society provided during the war times that the Iraqi community suffered from during the monarchy. The society provided many aids and in all aspects whether(physical or moral)and in all circumstances whether(political, economic, and social ). In fact, it is one of the civil human societies in Iraq whose works and activities deserve all thanks and respect from both the Iraqi government and nation.
الصفحات الاولى:

عـبـد الـرزاق الـهلالــي سيرتـه ونشاطـه الفكري والثقافـي (1916 - 1985) Abdul Razzaq Al - Hilali His Biography And His Intellectual And Cultural Activity (1916 - 1985)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: سجى خضير عباس ابراهيم
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: محمد عصفور سلمان الاموي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
المستخلص: It is clear that the scholars' interest in the figures' history and activity is extremely important since it is possible, through those figures, to shed light on many mysterious sides of the history of the countries where they belong and practice their historical role. Through the study of the topic of this thesis, the researcher has come up with a number of conclusions concerning Al - Hilali's life and his cultural and functional role and they are as follows : Al - Hilali belongs to a Basri family.He was grown up in a family that encourages science and knowledge as well as his penchant and passion of reading has a great impact in the formation of his personality but the greater effect in his intellectual trends has been the variables and conditions that Iraq has witnessed represented by the British invention of Iraq and its secretions that have their own effect ,then Bakir Sidqi coup d'état in 1936 , and Rashid Ally Al - kailani movement in 1941, and his work in the Royal Court and the events he has witnessed through this work have their impact in the formation of his personality and the emergence of the main sources of his thinking and future orientations. Al - Hilali's readings in different specialties, through which heendeavored to what he has written,have contributed to deepen his countrymen's feelings of their deep - rooted history. What has increased the importance of his books is that they unveil a lot of facts.This achievementhas come through his scientific procedure that relied on research, investigation, analysis, and subjective induction. Al - Hilali has contributed to the supplement of the cultural and intellectual life in Iraq through his contribution to the cultural clubs and associations among which is The Association of Iraqi Writers and Authors, his contribution to festivals and seminars and his lecturing. He has also had cultural and social relations with a number of Iraqi and Arab figures.But what is to be taken against him is thathewas temptedto move awayfromthe spotlightand famelike many ofhis pioneer contemporaries.According to his point of view,he considers what he presents to his country as anationalduty for which he does not deserve any compliment or praise. His love to his city,country and nation has led him to be dedicatedto his work so he has been a teacher, educatorand asincere employee and he has been eager to perform all his duties honestly. He has held several administrative positions in which he is a careerist according to the experience and competence he has shown as well ashis good reputation until he has constructed an asset of memorable works that has lefta good impact in the intellectualsand his inferiors' hearts and minds. This asset has had a great impact and this is why he is chosenas the director general of the agricultural bank in Baghdad. Among other findings that the researcher has come up with is that the most important areas he has been known and famous for is his cultural activity.He has had a significant role through his writing of books which have been considered important references and sources that the researcher may not dispense with in his study of Iraqi cultural and economic contemporary history. These books are varied in different topics.He has written in history ,literature ,language and he has interest in the village and rural affairs and among his important books are : The History of Education in Iraqwhich he has begun from the Ottoman era till British Mandate and Iraq Lexiconin its two parts the first and second as well asdozens ofpress articleson different topics among which are : the political , historical ,literary and social that contributed to crystallize his thoughts later on. Until his last days, Al - Hilali has remained energetic and active and he could cope with his literary and intellectual life through his communication with the movementof writing and publishing in newspapers and magazines. At the conclusion, it must be said that Abdul Razzaq Al - Hilali was open - hearted, characterized by sobriety and wisdom in work. It seems that Al - Hilalihas been confident and loyal to his friends, but his relationship with his relatives has not been strongly consistent as it has beenlimited to a few of them due to his moving to Baghdad.
الصفحات الاولى:

المدرسة الشيخية بين عامي 1797 - 1871 : دراسة تاريخية Al - Shaykhiya School Between The Years (1797 And 1871) A Historical Study

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: مهدي محمود حسن مهدي العزيز
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عبد الرحمن ادريس صالح
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
المستخلص: The first prospects of Al - Shaykhiya school appeared in Iraq at the beginning of the 19th century, then perfected in Iran. It grew in the womb of Al - Shia’i Al Imami Al Ithnay Ashari doctrine. It didn’t possess special trend , science or culture , it was a combination of sciences , knowledges and cultures of various fields. This was materialized in the personalities of its scientists , namely, Al - Shaykh Ahmed Al Ahsa’i , Al Sayid Kadum Al Rashti and Al Haaj Mohammad Kareem Khan Al Karmani who cameout in science boards and teaching circles in Iraq and Iran through correcting some of the Al - Imamia religious concepts setting out to many doubts that in filtrated to the doctrine beliefs in particular and Al Islam in general. Their exuberant publications reflected their intellectual genius and their active , dynamic and developing life.Al - Shaykhiya school acquired an importance that came from the deep position it occupied in the Islamic Nation actuality making it a truth imposed itself strongly on the scientific actuality. The school ideas in most of its sides are based on speculation and logic , it was built on understanding human actuality,on its scientists efforts to find a harmony between religion and the requirements of the age. It always aimed at reviving the Sunna of the prophet mohammad ( God’s Blessings and peace be upon Him and His Relatives ) , His sciences and knowledges of Al A’mma Al Ithnay Ashar from His Home(Peace Be Upon Them)reviving them , trying to increase people comprehension of the Imama case , then rising the level of Al - Shya’a Al Imami Al Ithna Asharia doctrine. So the study of Al Shaykhiya school history and take care of the status of its scientists , their ideas and views that have a considerable link with many theories of its age regarding it a circle in the series of the development phases , regarding also its developing effect on the modern intellectual scope.The study of Al - Shaykhiya school is not an easy task because of the difficulties that surrounded it among which was the talk about its birth , then the stages of its historical development , its scientific procedure , its prominent dogmas , the acquaintance of its Scientists and their opinions , and the depth and width related to these items. Efforts have been done in hope that it’ll be the first attempt to present a precise picture true views about the history of AL Shaykhiya school, and to be an effective step in correcting the wrong attitudes of the Some about this school. Then to introduce a new phase of the Islamic school history which probably be one of the brilliant phases to be considered and speculated.The study has followed a procedure based on the consideration of time sequence in presenting events. The study falls into : an introduction , four chapters and conclusion. The first chapter deals with the origins of Al - Shaykhiya school, its beginning and growth.The second chapter tackles the stages of its perfection. The third chapter clarfies its sum dogmas and Some of its scientists views.The fourth chapter concentrates on the efforts of the school scientists to strengthen and enhance its dogmas. In the conclusion , the important inferences of the study are summed up.The study depends on primary and secondary sources , particulary the publications of Al Shaykhiya school scientists whieh are given a considerable importance , as well as other various publieations belong to different historical , intellectual , religious and social attitudes. All these sources contributed effectively to achieve the study. Throughout the study , it has become clear that Al Shaykhiya , school has many bridges in common with the two school of Shiya’a : Al usuliya And Al ikhbariya as well as the field of dogmatic sources or the field of Jorisprudence practice. So the appearance of Al - Shaykhiya school was restricted by these two schools in doctrinal frame. The Al Shaykhiya school ideas and their opinions were far away from the ideas and views of the mystic school and the wise philosophers school.Then AlShaykh Ahmed Al Ihsa’i’s desire to repel the views of the two schools appeared reputing their theories which is neglected by the most sources that attributed to Al Shaykh Ahmed presenting the theory of Revealing and Aspiration which was taken by the mystic leaders and some of the wise philosophers as a base for acquiring their sciences and knowledges.After coming back to the publications and verifications of the Al Shaykhiya school scientists , it has become very clear that the informations transmitted in most sources about some of the school dogmas were far away from the historical truth , particulary in the subject of man’s resurrection in the doomsday about which the school scientists views came to be in harmony with the views of the scientists who preceded them such as : Al Shaykh Al Mufeed , Al Khqwaja Naseer Al Deen Al Tusi , the scientistAl Hilli,and the scientist Al Majlisi. As for the school overstatement about the prophet Mohammad and Al A’amma from His descendants (God’s Blessings and peace be upon them),the school scientists,in their publications, did not raise them above their ranks God Almighty bestowed them. To Prove what God has bestowed them,the school scientists relied only on what was narrated from them found in authentic sources the Fugaha’ used in their religious affairs. As for to what was attributed to Al Shaykh Ahmed Al - Ihsa’i and Al Sayid Kadum Al Rashti for their preaching campaigns about the appearance of the twelfth Imam from the prophet descendants , on the occasion of passing a thousand years of his absence, was not true because in all their publications and the publications of the other scientists they disavowed from this attribution.The preaching matter was a creation of Al Babia appeal historians who endeavered in their writings to find a foundation to the appeal of their leader Al Merza Ali Mohammad Al Shirazi.The most sources didn’t rely on Al Shaykhiya school scientists publications , instead they relied , for most of their informations , on Al Babia sources , so they didn’t reach the truth about this matter. They brought inexact informations in which truth was mixed with imagination till the appeal of Al Babia was attached to the Al Shaykhiya school particularly.
الصفحات الاولى:

التمثيل الدبلوماسي وواجهات السياسة الخارجية للمملكة العربية السعودية مع دول الجوار الجغرافي العربي 1945 - 1962 The Diplomatic Representation And Foreign Affairs Aspects Of The Kingdom Of Saudi Arabia With Its Geographical Neighboring Arab Countries 1945 - 1962

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: قحطان احمد فرهود المشهداني
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: منتهى عذاب ذويب
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2004
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
المستخلص: This thesis deals with the Diplomatic Representation and Foreign affairs aspects of KSA with its Geographical neighboring Arab counties from 1945 to 1962.This study falls into an introduction , four chapters and a conclusion. Chapter one deals with the historical background of the diplomacy of KSA and its aspects with the neighbouring Arab countries up to 1945. These Arab countries included Iraq , the emirate of east Jordan and yeoman.Chapter two present definitions of the social , and cultural background of the most important figures of the Saudi foreign affairs and their roles inside the kingdom and abroad.Chapter three studies the diplomatic activities and the aspects of the Saudi foreign affairs from 1945 to 1962. This role includes the diplomatic role practiced by KSA in establishing Arab unity and the Arab League. It also includes the relation of KSA with Syria, Iraq, Jordan and Yemen as well as the problems over the borders.Chapter four presents the relation of Saudi Arabia with the neighboring Arab countries during the period 1954 - 1969.It shows the periods of tense and good relations between KSA and Iraq , especially after the 14th of July Revolution , 1958 in Iraq. The chapter also studies the relation of KSA with Kuwait, Jordan and Yemen.This thesis has come out with the following conclusions : 1.KSA followed an open diplomacy regarding the wars that broke out between the Arab countries. King Abdul - Azeez gave no role to his counselors or representatives in directing foreign affairs as they liked.2.KSA attracted many important Arab figures who were in exile. Those had their effect on the Saudi foreign affairs , especially during the reign of king Saaud who was busy with his personal interests , as well as his health.3.The diplomacy of KSA was called the Gold Diplomacy in which the political , Journal and tribal important figures were bribed in order to win certain problems over borders , especially that of Buraymi Oasis. This policy proved to be a failure.4.The diplomacy of KSA differed from one situation to another with Iraq and Jordan because of the enmity of the royal families that was well - known.5.The diplomacy of KSA played prominent role in Yemen 1962, and this role resulted in a civil war in Yemen because KSA was afraid of the influence of president Nosier at that time 6.The change in the KSA diplomacy was clear during this period. Sometimes it was supporting Iraq and Jordan against the Soviet influence, and at other time it was against Iraq and Jordan concerning the western Treaties.7.The foreign affairs institution in KSA witnessed development and enlargement. King Facial succeeded in getting rid of the inefficient diplomats by sending them on pension.8.The diplomacy of KSA became the representative of the American policy in the middle feast after 1957.
الصفحات الاولى:

السياسة الخارجية للولايات المتحدة الامريكية اتجاه شبه الجزيرة الكورية في عهد الرئيس هاري ترومان 1945 - 1953 The Foreign Policy Of United State Of America Towards The Korean Peninsula During The Period Of Harry Truman'S Regime 1945 - 1953

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: احمد محمد جاسم الدايني
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: محمد عصفور سلمان الاموي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2008
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
المستخلص: Actually ,The political isolation of United State of America in the international relationships excluded Latinate America made its role confined and limited in the diplomatic affairs within many international conflicts , But the US participation in World War II led America to pay more attention in the international affairs ,specifically the countries that were controlled by the axis great countries (Italy ,German and Japan ).After the end of World War II , The Us foreign policy represented and directed to make allies in other areas of the world ,the Korean peninsula was the most targeted area.At the period of American president regime Harry Truman (1945 - 1953) ,American government began to interest according to special criteria which focused on such concerns to find an ally in the Near East especially after Soviet Union's attempts to strengthen its existence in that area to demolish Tinch Kay Chaik's regime which had supported the United State of America and establishing a republic of public china in 1949 which resulted with the American - Soviet and Chinese dispute in the Korean peninsula , That is why this topic was the most considerable and an attractive one to be studied to show the nature of that conflict.This dispute effects and outcomes revolved with division of Korean peninsula into two parts , the southern part for Americans ,while the other northern part for Soviet union. This thesis entitled (THE FOREIGN POLICY OF UNITED STATE OF AMERICA TOWARDS THE KOREAN PENINSULA DURING THE PERIOD OF HARY TRUMAN'S REGIME 1945 - 1953 ) includes an introduction and three chapters with a conclusion. The first chapter contains a summary about the American president Harry Truman , the beginnings of the cold war ,and the pillars upon which the American - intusion policy built towards the communist extension in Asia and Europe including Truman's Principle and Marshal's project and Northern Atlantic Ally ,Besides the decision making centers of American foreign policy and the role of media in planning its policy ,as well as , the beginnings of American interesting for Korean peninsula. The reasons of failing the mutual - American - Soviet efforts to unify the Korean peninsula ,led Americans to uplift the Korean issue into the United Nation Commission. The second chapter of this study deals with the direct causes of out breaking the Korean dispute , and the American impacts of its attitude that happened in the United Nation Commission. As well as this chapter concerned with the factors of military Chinese intrusion in the Korean conflict , besides the American procedures towards that intrusion. Third chapter studies the American attitude towards the Indian action that presented by Indian president jawhar Nehrou in order to reconcile the continued conflict of Korean peninsula ,Here the light shed on the talks and discussions of those countries about the Korean issue and America's point of view towards that conflict. It is worthy to mention that the researcher depended on many documents as well as the American ones that were published by Schlesinger Arthur (The Dynamics of world power A documentary history of United States Foreign Policy 1945 - 1973) and other which were gathered by ( Burns Roger and Schlesinger Arthur ) entitled Congress ,investigates A documentary History 1972 - 1974. Those documents considered very important for having valuable information about political American developments towards the Far East generally and the Korean conflict specifically ,for including statements and suggestions of American politicians exactly the president Harry Truman and US secretary Acheson as well as military leaders proofs like Mack Arched.The documents of United Nation specifically those of International Security Council entitled ( United Nations Security council Official Record ) , Those documents were recognized with special importance in this research because the military American Intrusion in the Korean peninsula had taken the United Nation Commission as an excuse to apply and fulfill its aims and so on this permits the researcher to notify more and more about the international views by the way of Korean conflict. The Chinese documents enabled the researcher to be informed about the Chinese attitude by the way Korean dispute specially that of Chinese foreign minister.The researcher depended on many other resources which were enriched with a good scientific information and American president Harry Truman's Memories entitled ( Years of Trail and Hope 1946 - 1953) also the book was adopted by the researcher entitled ( The Unification Policy of South and North ) by Kim hat - Joan in which the author concentrates on the developments of Korean conflict on one hand and progress of the two controlled Korean parts - governments (America &Soviet Union).The translated books into Arabic in which the American policy towards Korean peninsula and the development of that conflict played an active and clear role especially that of American author (The war in Korea )1950 - 1951.in which he represents the American Attitude , finally the researcher depends on the journalism and Al - ihram journal which concerned in many fields with the topic of this thesis
الصفحات الاولى:

جريدة القبلة الحجازية 1916 - 1918 : دراسة تاريخية Al - Kibla Al - Hujazia Newspaper 1916 - 1918 Historical Study

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: نبيل سمين وهاب الخالدي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: صباح مهدي رميض القريشي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2004
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
المستخلص: Arabic And Iraqi journalism got a lot of studies in specialized information and studying of history in variant periods in which were described As quantitive generalization in historical study. Now a days, we need a lot of objective and analytical studies for more of political and mental newspaper are hidden particularly those which published in the first Ralf of the twentieth century. Thus we prefer to shed light on the most outstanding newspaper while was Al - Kibla - Hujazic newspaper paving the way to researchers to go deep into this tendency, in addition, it had great international effect through its call for unity and the dependence of the Arabic union and the resistance of being under the reign of foreigners. Such had influential effect in diminishing the existence of the ottoman invasion on the Arabic island and AL - sham countries.During 1916 - 1918 the newspaper took into its account the discussing of AL - Shareef Husein’s issue and his struggle against AL - Ithad and AL - Tarqi organization that controlled ottoman state and its confederacy of German. The first volume of the newspaper published in Macca on August 1916 At the same time of the first bullet of the freedom revolution for getting rid of ottoman invasion. While the end of 1918 witnessed tow events; first the existence of the Arabic army led by prince Pheisal in Damascus on 3 rd of October 1918 and then the establishing at the Arabic independent state by king Husein which it was something great. It witnessed the arising of the Arabic flag in Damascus for the first time after hundreds of years. Second, the liberation of Beirut, Humss, Hamah and Halab reaching till AL - Muslimia, the intersect between Syria, Iraq and Istanbul, by AL - Shareef Nasir Bn Ali, in 29 th, Oct. 1918 witnessed Mudrus armistice the fighting countries. The thesis finished with a conclusion as follows : first of all, each revolution has its aims and mental sight for new present and future. Undoubtedly, it can be considered as the production of its hour and objective and subjective conditions. Though different opinion in evaluating of the revolution of 1916 still splendid in the modern Arabic history for it is anew step in maturizing the international thinking that leads to change the Arabic reality.AL - kibla newspaper took into its consideration these concept that considered AL - Shareef Husein revolution as an important step in establishing independent Arabic state overwhelming the Arabic provinces that were under ottoman invasion for about four hundred years.This newspaper presented objective analysis of the nation conditions that obliged Iraqi, Syrian, and other indntities for fight side by side with Christians for Arabic international duty. It took its role in exposing the bad ways of AL - Ithad and AL - Tareqi organization and considered that the Arabic revolution is the arising estate of Arab and the definite answer against ottoman policy concerning other nationalities melting them all in Turklish Indentity.The newspaper secked for the cooperation against dangers moving towards economic satisfaction for a chieving the politied future aims.AL - kibla was distinguished by its staff in covering news thus, it got the admiration of alot of Arabic and Islamic news to be tackled with by many. The newspaper was not satisfied only by the Arabic news, yet it widened to involve different Arabic and universal news though of its simple publishing capabilities. Such was the newspaper identity and its general form to be international and the representative of the cooperative destiny. It continued its publishing though the hard circumstances around. It covered the world war news and defended the honor word, thus. It disserved precise study, thought it needs much reaching till 1924 for much completion and deepness
الصفحات الاولى:

العلاقات العراقية - الاردنية 1968 - 1991 : دراسة تاريخية Iraqi - Jordanian Relations 1968 - 1991 (A Historical Study)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عثمان فتحي صالح حمدي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: نمير طه ياسين الصائغ
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2007
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
المستخلص: Iraqi kingdom and Transjordan Emirate had been founded in 1921. the reign of Hashemite dynasty in Iraq continued till July, 14, Revolution 1958 while it Stayed ruling in Jordan and keeping its throne until now. Iraq - Jordan relations under the Hashemites for the period 1921 - 1958 had been dealt with by many researchers attention. But the relations between them after 1958 did not get enough attention from researchers. The researcher, being interested in this topic and writing a dissertation entitled "Iraqi - Jordanion Relations 1958 - 1968" having the wish to complete what he had presented in his previous study, he chosed his research to get a Ph. D. under the title. "Iraqi - Jordanian Relations 1968 - 1991 : A Historical Study". The thesis consists of five chapters. Chapter one dealt with the relations till 1968. it contains two these, one is about Iraq. Jordan relations from the beginning till the Hashemite Union while the other is the nature of such relations from July 1958 till July 1968. The second chapter comes under the title "Iraqi - Jordanian relations 1968 - 1972". It includes three themes talking about Jordan attitude from the takeover of July 1968 in Iraq, the crisis between Jordan and Palestine during 1970, Rogers project and how it had affected these relations. Finally, the last theme talked about the project of United Kingdom of Jordan and the Iraqi position in 1972. The third chapter had been dedicated for these relations in view of developments and Arab - Israeli Struggle 1973 - 1979. It also contained three themes. The first dealt with October War 1973. The second talked about Al - Ribbat Summit Conference 1974 while the last one came to discuss Al - Sadat Initiative and Camp David in 1979. The fourth chapter spots light on these relations during the period 1980 - 1991 and contains four themes. The first is about Jordan's attitude from the first Gulf War 1980 - 1988. The second is about the role played by both countries in establishing Arab cooperation council 1989 - 1990. The third is about western mobilization (Escalation & Confrontation) with Iraq 1989 - 1990. The last one is about Jordan's attitude from the second Gulf War. The last chapter is talking about economic and cultural relations between Iraq and Jordan 1968 - 1991. It includes three themes. The first is about their relations during the period 1968 - 1978, the second is about political approach and its reflections upon economic and cultural cooperation 1979 - 1988 while the last one has come under the title "The second Gulf War and its effect upon Jordan's economy 1989 - 1991". The researcher reached so many results the most significant ones are that after both Hashemite Families had got reign in Iraq and Jordan, their relations in general and during the period 1921 - 1958 characterized with huge access but this had been retreated after the opposition of prince Abdullah to the revolution of 1941 in Iraq and sending military forces from Jordan to be in the side of British forces to suppress the revolution. This action made Iraqi government much nearer to both Jordan and Britain and being crowned by the formation of Arab Hashemite Union between Iraq and Jordan in February 1958 ended in July, 14, Revolution 1958 in Iraq. Therefore, relations between both countries had been cut off for two years. But Jordan recognized the Iraqi government in 1960. the nature of these relations did not continue due to some Arab events which had taken place in 1960's such as Iraq's demand of Kuwait and the establishment of Palestinian Liberation Organization (P. L. O). The tension between Jordan and Iraq had increased after the declaration of King Hussein of Jordan the project of United Kingdom of Jordan and this had been faced by Iraq in declaring the Union project between Iraq, Syria and Egypt. Inspite of the failure of both projects, October War 1973 had broken out to put an end for that tension. Jordan being to the side of Iraq in its war against Iran in September 1980 had given their relations some growth quickly. The continuation of that war made king Hussein of Jordan to present diplomatic efforts to put an to that war on Arab, regional and international levels. Also, Jordan played an important role to make a reconciliation between Iraq and Egypt which ended in Egypt's return to the Arab combination and joined Arab Cooperation Council. King Hussein of Jordan had made great efforts after Iraq had invaded Kuwait but his efforts did not succeed. Behind this failure was U. S. A. insistence with its allies to pull the Iraqi forces out of Kuwait and to fulfill Security Council resolutions and this did not happen at that time.
الصفحات الاولى:

الحياة الديمقراطية في السودان (1953 - 1969) University Of Baghdad The Democratic Life Insudan ( 1953 - 1969 )

اسم المؤلف: ابتسام محمود جواد العكيلي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: نشات كامل محمد العاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2003
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
المستخلص: واعدوا لهم ما استطعتم من قوة ومن رباط الخيل )سورة الانفال /الاية 60نظرا للتقدم العلمي والتقني في عصرنا هذا، وبناء نظريات واراء العلماء في اللياقة البدنية وتطورها بغية اداء الاعمال اليومية والاستمرار فيها من غير ان يشعر الانسان باجهاد او تعب والاستمرار في
الصفحات الاولى:

حركة التحديث في البحرين 1955 - 1973 The Movement Of Modernization In Bahrain (1955 - 1973)

اسم المؤلف: نبيل خليل ابراهيم
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: صباح مهدي رميض القريشي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2003
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
المستخلص: Modernization is one the concept that emerged during the first quarter of the 20th century and which formed a clear importance within the growing states. Such Modernization help in developing these states. One of these states is Bahrain which become a kingdom later on. The concept of Modernization that this thesis deals with takes what happened in Bahrain and the change pin its rules and parliament as an example. The researcher has faced many difficulties and of them is the scarcity of references and document related to the thesis. The researcher has visited the Gulf Studies Center in Bahrain University for many times but he could only get some limited information. He also has visited Al - Bahrain Embassy for the same purpose but it was not fruitful. The thesis consists of an introduction, conclusion and three chapters with appendixes. Chapter one deals with the problem of Modernization and the social, political and economical transformation since the year 1955. The chapter also introduces a definition for the term “Modernization” and its types. Chapter two consists of two section that focus on the different fields of Modernization : the political sort with the accompanying labour activities in addition to the social type with emphasis on education, press and woman affairs, while the third chapter deals with the effect of Modernization on Bahrain society during 1966 - 1973. This chapter with its four section cover the Modernization of the organizations of the labour movment with pointing out of the inside and outside factors that helped in ensuring Bahrain’s independence with its constitution. The thesis gives a summary to the whole above detailed points emphasizing the effect of the mentioned Modernization on Bahrain society and especially the emergence of new oil labour ranks beside the development in the field of education and different laws with the building of Bahrain new administration. Finally, this work concludes that Bahrain government was serious concerning the idea of Modernization but hadn’t the needed capacity to implement that for two main reasons : the interference of the British and the Zionist power with the constant clash between the government and the national power Intentions. The researcher adds that the announcing of Bahrain independence with the achieving of 1973 constitution can be considered as a sign of the big transformation in the new Bahrain.
الصفحات الاولى:

محمـد زكــي البصـري ونشاطه السياسي والبرلماني في العراق 1894 - 1937 Muhammed Zeki Al - Basri And His Political And Parliament Activity In Iraq 1894 - 1937

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: سعد علوان سعيد الكرخي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: صباح مهدي رميض القريشي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2004
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
المستخلص: In Iraqi history alot of political characters were excelled tp play a great role in its political events. Undoubtedly , our job is to study these characters and show their effect upon future generations.Muhammed Zeki AL - Bassri was one of these who worked hard during the reign of the king and offored his loyality to his country. He called for the defence of his country with new spirit towards his current events. He appeared in the period that was crowded with many Iraqi political characters to prove himself and his unlimited abilities among them which pared him the way for much creation. Apparently , the contemporary Iraqi history documented his effort as a minister and a legistate in Iraqi state to be an active parliament. He proved his excellent mental activity through his participations taking his special political independent style. Thus , we choose his autobiography from his birth till his death in 1937 as a title for the thesis. This study shed the light on his main parliament and political life events.The Researcher faced alot of difficulties as the ruin of " The Document and Books Dar " in Baghdad as other sources there in which they considered as an important source for references and information. No researcher can avoid such problem for the difficult conditions of our country, in addition the seldom information concerning our character , the subject of the research specially the first part of his life. Yet , the researcher insisted on his errand to continue , thus he went many times to the birth place of AL - Bassri , Mahijiran village , asking many people even for getting few information. Fortunatly , he met AL - Bassri's sister to be the key of study after losing AL - Bassri's file from the retirement office and the Ministry of Law for unknown reasons.The study ends with the following conclusions : 1. The simple early life of AL - Bassri with the loss of his father during the early periods which reflects later on upon his character to be serious and active and academic later on.2. Muhammed was considered as one of the intellegestic union that formed his professional character after his studying in AL - Istana. He worked as a lawyer in AL - Bassra and did many successes because of his good reputation in adopting law. He was honorable , clean and loyal to his profession. His features went hand in hand with his good personality that forced his opposition to respect him.3. AL - Bassri participated to the opposition front which was known as the " National Group " that successeded in organizing " The National AL - Ikha'a Party ". He was one of the party founders and distinctive character in it. He had his influence in putting the legal points of view.4. AL - Bassri had his fixed situations concerning the Iraqi - British contracts through the reign of Britain. He frankly refused such contracts and insisted that the coalition with Britain should be in the benefit of long and its independence.5. He had his influencial presence in the discussions of the parliament council which depended on precise legal explanations. He pronunced against the economic and political conditions in Iraq and helped the responsibles in giving his precious opinions.6. The choosing of AL - Bassri in three frequent ministries was not at random but because of his great experience and ability. Actually ,he participated in putting on the laws as the law of Iraqi lawyers assertion and its jobs. He also participated in shopping the exceptional laws that used in special conditions as contracts. He gave chances to write in magazimes and newspapers to those who concern writing. All these things pushed the ministry of law to prove itself.7. During his job as the chief of the parliament council , he encouraged strongly the parliament habbits as the respect of the president and being among from personal and party mothers. He called for the independence of the legislation , defending the general rights and being with the constitution.8. Concerning personal matters , he helped young as individuals and groups in achieving their desires in travelling abroad to open their minds to different cultures. He enriched College of Law in Baghdad with excellent lectures speciaaly the law of punishment in addition to different opinions that guide people to the right way
الصفحات الاولى:

سياسة اسرائيل النووية تجاه العرب : العراق انموذجا 1956 - 1981 : دراسة تاريخية Israel Nuclear Policy Towards Arabs (Iraq As Sample 1956 - 1981) Historical Study -

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عبد الرزاق خليفة رمضان اللهيبي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عبد التواب احمد سعيد
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2012
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
الصفحات الاولى:

المواقف السياسية للائمة الاثنى عشر

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: نغم حسن عبد النبي الكنعاني
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: رباب جبار طاهر السوداني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2007
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:

ابراهيم باشا نشاطه العسكري ودوره السـياسي والاداري 1789 - 1848 Ibrahim Basha His Military Activity And His Political And Role Managing 1789 - 1848

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ثعبان حسب الله علوان الشمري
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: صباح مهدي رميض القريشي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2005
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
الصفحات الاولى:

تاريخ الحركة الرياضية والكشفية في الموصل 1958 ـ 1980 The History Of Sport And Scout Movement In Mosul1958 - 1980

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: رعد احمد امين الطائي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ابراهيم خليل احمد العلاف
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2010
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
المستخلص: The study of sports movement history in any society forms an active and vital importance in the framework of historical studying, being an active part in the social life of that society. as far as Mosul city is concerned, studying sport movement and following up its historical and cultural stages is considered one of the very important things for this movement has got important roles in separating the spirit of cooperation within the young since the first years of the Iraqi state in 1921. We felt this through establishing sport clubs, scout movement, practicing sport activities inside establishments of the army, education and university. A group of considerations has controlled the study by the period (1958 - 1980). one of these consideration is that the year 1958 had witnessed an important event in the contemporary history of Iraq and that was the rise of the republican regime. the sport movement in Iraq and in Mosul city was active and vital during that period. So many specialized sport clubs had been established and a group of governmental institutions in Mosul had adopted the responsibility of forming sport teams, holding and organizing different sport championships. This had made the sport movement in Mosul developed and advanced. As for the year (1980), this year had witnessed the Iraq - Iran war (1980 - 1988) and that war absorbed many capabilities as well as the human and physical resources of the country and in addition hurdled the sport movement greatly. The study consists of an introduction and five chapters. The first chapter deals with the sport movement in Mosul since late of 19th century till (1958). It talks about the emerging of the first beginning of sport in Mosul, explaining steps stages of sport movement in Mosul.The second chapter sheds light on school sport in Mosul and ministry of Al - Ma’rf (education later) which adopted spreading and developing the sport movement in school especially among the young. It also speaks about scout movement and the stages in which that movement passes through between the years (1958 - 1980). The third chapter speaks about the role played by clubs and institutions in serving the sport movement in Mosul between (1958 - 1980). The researcher made his efforts in showing the organs, which built these clubs, institutions and administrative and cultural organizations.The fourth chapter concentrates on the role of the Iraqi army in developing the sport movement in Mosul showing the sport’s importance in building the armed forces and how the army took care to this movement since the foundation of the Iraqi state in 1921. As for chapter five, it talks about sport in Mosul university since its foundation in (1967). The researcher made this period an introduction by spotting light on activities of collages before the foundation, concentrating on participations of teams of the university in various activities till 1980. The study show the reality of the sport movement during the period of the study (1958 - 1980) and the period preceded it (1921 - 1958). The study explained the reasons which made the city of Mosul in front of other cities in sport aspects. Also the study appeared the importance of roles made by people in Mosul in developing sport movement in Mosul and Iraq. The study showed that Mosul through its modern and contemporary history, its people had got the upper hand in building up aspects of sport movement in Iraq and the thesis concluded to the truth that the reasons behind sport movement in Mosul during the last years was the speed comparison between yesterday and today and what had taken place on the sport area in Mosul and I
الصفحات الاولى:

هنري لايارد ونشاطه الاثاري ودوره السياسي في العراق 1817 - 1894 Hnery Layard His Archaeological And Political Activity In Iraq (1817 - 1894)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: مروة زهير علي النحاس
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: محمد علي داهش
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2011
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
الصفحات الاولى:

الجزائر في الصراع الاسباني العثماني 1518 - 1587 م : دراسة تاريخية Algeria In Conflict Of Spainsh Ottoman 1518 - 1587 History Study

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ضمير عودة عبد علي زويد
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: يوسف عبد الكريم طه مكي الرديني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2006
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Interest in studying the history of Algeria during the Ottoman era ( 1518 - 1587 ) is due to its important role that can not be over looked. Algeria led the resistance against the Spaniards. It did not only resist the European a ggression against the area but also continuously helped the Modscians who suffered a lot of the Spanish oppressim. Besides , annexing Algeria to the Ottoman state paved the way to unify the Arabic west under the Ottoman rule. Western Tripoli and Tunisia were annexed. but Morocco remained independent. The annexed areas became important centers for the Ottoman state. They provided sea bases for the Ottoman Fleets which were fighting in Europe and thus enabled them to achieve some victory. The reason behind choosing the specific period of the study is that it represented a complete historical era , i.e the rule of Sea Reis ( chiefs ) ( Beclerbecs ) that started with Kheir - Al - deen Barbarose in 1518 , when Algeria became a satellite of the Ottoman state , and ended in 1587 which was , in turn , the end of the rule of the Beclerbecs when the Ottoman state started reevaluating its administration in Algeria and that represented a new page in the history of Algeria. This study is made of four chapters. Chapter one deals with the Spanish intervention in Algeria ( 1492 - 1518 ). This chapter is the introduction of the study because the Spanish intervention was the important reason that led to including Algeria in the Ottoman possession. Chapter two is about the Ottoman control during the rule of Kheir - AL - deen Barbarosa ( 1518 - 1546 ). Chapter three is entitled " Ottoman Administration During the Rule of the Descendants of Kheir - AL - Deen Barbarosa ( 1546 - 1587 ) ".Chapter four tackled the administrative , economic , social and intellectual aspects during the period 1518 - 1587. The study revealed that Algeria witnessed , during this era , many positive achievements. For example , the sea Reis sustained the unity of the Algerian territory , stopped the Spanish ambitions and formed an Algerian sea force that protected Algeria from the foreign dangers. This force played an obvious role in the Mediterranean. Also , we can mention the historical position of the Algerian rulers in welcoming , helping , and searing the settling of their Muslim Brothers of Andulsia.There were , as well , some negative effects of the rule of the sea Reis in Algeria. Firstly , the rulers neglected the administrative , economic and social aspects of life and they did not develop the ruling systems in Algeria. Socially , they did not approach or mix with the Algeria people. Also , They were attentive to satisfy the needs , aims and interests of the Ottoman occupiers even at the expense of the people of the country. For that sake , they made full use of all the resources of Algeria to serve the Ottoman state regardless of the suffering of the people of Algeria. The reason could be that those rulers , themselves , were not of Algeria origin
الصفحات الاولى:

مؤتمر الخريجين العام ودوره في الحركة الوطنية في السودان 1938 - 1952 The General Conference Of Graduates And Its Role In The National Movement Of Sudan 1938 - 1952

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: تهاني العيبي كاطع
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: انور جاسب شنته الطريف
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:

الاوضاع الصحية في لواء البصرة 1939 - 1958 : دراسة تاريخية

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: وسام نوري عبد الواحد المطوري
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: نجاة عبد الكريم عبد السادة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:

قضاء القرنة 1869 - 1918 : دراسة تاريخية Al - Qurna In 1869 - 1918 : Historical Study A

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: سعد خلف جبر علي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: نجاة عبد الكريم عبد السادة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The researchers attention on the state of Basra from different aspects, but he has not prompted the study sufficient to spend Qurna Despite the importance of economic and military position in relation to Basra, where the confluence of the rivers where the site and represents the rivers of the importance of internal transport, whether on the economic level, the then military, and thus the loop a link between Baghdad and Basra, and its geographical position make it the focus of the forces that came to occupy the country and who actively contributed to the development of the first World war and the consequent occupation of the British in Iraq and in addition to that was the first regions that have implemented new British policy after Basra and thus was field experimentally important to British policy, which found its way to the rest of Iraq's US Hence kick researcher studying the history of Qurna for being one of the important districts of the state of Basra, and the researcher found the need to return to the historical roots and the beginnings of incorporation and the choice in 1869, the beginning of the period in question was due to administrative reforms that came the governor of Baghdad Medhat Pasha 1869 - 1872oukd made Qurna large spend in geographic plantings so Qurna has emerged as a local economic big Hence longer Qurna spend a worthy research and academic studies of what his legacy of economic and military impact of important has covered the letter aspects, whether administratively or economically and politically and socially Researcher has faced difficulties in the process of collecting the sources was the scarcity, as well as the scarcity of information sources that dealt with the history of Basra, Iraq, forcing the researcher to follow most of the books Iraq in order to collect scattered and very scarce information in books and formulated into a thesis Composed letter of introduction and preface, three chapters and a conclusion and supplements boot city site eating and History from the city and renamed the cause and the reasons for its establishment and the role of the Frasaab in order to be an introduction to the study of the history of the judiciary Qurna The first chapter dealt with administrative and social conditions of the Pod The goal is intended to clarify spend Qurna and the development of management and its reflection on the political, economic, social and other conditions where touched first section to the administrative divisions of the judiciary and the machine administrative boards and municipal administration and the judiciary and government departments that have established them as the second theme focused on the situation social residents spend Qurna and social structure of the judiciary and the conditions of education, health, either Chapter II handled the first part, the economic situation through the statement of economic activities then prevailing agricultural including transportation routes and craftsmanship and trade either second topic addressed the political situation where the significance of the visit Medhat Pasha and affected by armed movements in the neighboring areas the position clans of the political events that have taken place in Basra during the period of research, either in the third quarter has singled out the first part, the reason the British and the preparations that led to the occupation of Iraq is either the second topic dealt with the position of the Hawza men and the role of clans Qurna to resist the occupation and the progress of the British occupation forces to Qurna and its occupation and its importance to them, as well as dealt with in the third section interesting aspect of the occupation forces and the administrative role of the Senate in the management area Qurna
الصفحات الاولى:

الامير زيد بن الشريف حسين ودوره العسكري والسياسي (1916 - 1958) Prince Zeid Bin Al - Sharif Hussein And His Military And Political Role (1916 - 1958)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: محمد حسن يوسف الحسيني
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: خلود عبد اللطيف عبد الوهاب
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This study deals with the martial role of the prince Zaid bin Al - Husain during the great Arabic revolution against Ottomans, it states that he did great efforts leading a special Arabian forces fighting by his order till the end of revolution by taking syria, it also states his exceptional political role which only he has during the Faisali period; as well as his political and deplomatic role during the period of the kingdom in Iraq.The study includes : introduction, preface, three chapters, and conclusion. The preface deals with the prince Zaid's descent and his role in preperation for Arabic revolution, the first chapter discussed the price Zaid's active role in Arabic revolution battles (1916 - 1918). This chapter has been divided into three sections, the first one states his role in the first battles in Mecca city. The second, includes his role in defeating Husain bin Mibirek and besieging the city, and the third included his role the arabic revolution's nothern battles.The second chapter mentioned his role in syria suring the Faisali period 1918 - 1920 it is also devided into three sections, the first explains his role representating his brother the prince Faisal who travelled to Europe to claim Arabs' rights. The second states his representating his brother again when he travelled to Europe for the second time, but the third, mentioned forming the government by the prince Zaid which is called as directors' government, and leading Arabian forces before the end of Faisali period. The third chapter is also divided into three chapters, during the period of Iraqi kingdom (1921 - 1958) the first section mentioned the prince Zaid's role during prince Faisal the first, the second section during the period of the king Ghazi, while the third chapter included the regency and the confilect between him and the prince Abdul - Elah till the end of Iraqi kingdom by the the coup and announcing the republic of Iraq jul,14th 1958, the study depended on alot of important decuments and references
الصفحات الاولى:

النشاط الدعائي الاميركي في الشرق الاوسط (1947 - 1979) : دراسة في (العراق - ايران) اختيارا The American Propagandic Activity In The Middle East ( 1947 - 1979 )

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عبد الزهرة شهيد عجمي شهيد الحسناوي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: اميرة رشك لعيبي الزبيدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The American Propaganda activity in the Middle East ( 1947 - 1979 ) is regarded as one of the subjects which is characterized with vitality and relatively newly started within the his torical studies. Having such Topics and putting them within the limits of historical research and trying to search its components by the researchers in new and contemporary history aim to raise the level of the exsisting higher studies so as to create researchers who can reach the stage of so - called " Organic Rsearcher " who is capable of creation and innovation in his scientific and cultural productionSo the close look at the topic of the study reveals its great vitality because it is connected with integrated Relationship with several scientific tendencies some of which are close to the essence of the scientific science and harmonious with it to a great extent. And this ensures the strength of ties and reaction between history which can be described as an in dependent science and the methodical research of the political science and its world. Accordingly , because of the specialization of this study in the nature of the American propaganda and its objectives towards the Middle East in general and its important corner stones , namely ( Iraq - Iran ) , added a comprehensive quality to the subject and its components. The propaganda , basically , is in clusion of the state that made the propaganda and tries through its actions to show all the beautiful and positive aspects in front of the peoples targeted by the propaganda and hide all bad things. In view of what is previously mentioned , this thesis aims to search the literature of the American propaganda and its components for the states that are being studied to understand the nature of the political , strategic and cultural objectives which , in general , affected the political , cultural and security situation in these states , especially with the extreme increase in the cold war which we may call " the ideological war ". Al though Washington didn't adopt clear - cut intellectual visions or specific political strategy , it still in most of the cases , depended on her intelligence systems in running the conflict with the Soviets through its confidential operations in Iraq and Iran. The thesis was divided into four chapters in which the researcher depended on taking the basic elements of the subject according to integrated methodical Unity of the subject with his deep concern about the sequence of events as much as possible. The first chapter was devoted to Search the of the propaganda within its general terms and to identify its principles until it changed into science which deals with propaganda activity phenomenon and its techniques. In addition to that , identification of the geopolitical limits of The Middle East term historically and politically and focusing on the most prominent active and important states within its vital scope to reach the beginnings of the American tendencies most of which were dominated by the propagandic style without political purposes.As for the American propaganda towards Iraq. the researcher has found out that the generalization of scientific advantage obliged him to divide the subject into two chapters because of its numerous events and the unique transitions of the political events which offected its social and political situation. One of them , the second chapter , the nature of the American political propaganda which depended on the mutual security strategy and publicizing the importance of protecting Iraq and its security against communism. In addition , America followed confidential Operation strategy which overthrew Abid Al - Kareem Qasim's regime in April , 1963. The third chapter has shed light light on aspects of the American intellectual and cultural propaganda in Iraq and how the propaganda planner could affect the tendencies of the Iraqi intelligentsia through a group of thoughts which depended on the technology of the theatre and cinema and following The provision of subsidized American book through allocating the funds for the American publishing establishments. As for the fourth chapter , the study has identified the intellectual and political tendencies for the American Propaganda in Iran. "The information of this chapter has had considerable importance which we can depend on because the cold war and its consequences started from this Middle East state as most of Washington politizians confessed owing the insistence of the Soviet Union to keep its forces north of Iran. Furthermore , the subject of the chapter focused on " Ajax " operation led by the Ameri can intelligence to overthrow Musadak in 1953 also the chapter delt with the Ialamic Revolution in 1979. The study depended on different collections of genuine resources including American and Iraqi documents , in addition to academic studies such as : Letters and theses and lots of foreign book , Arabic and translated books are available in this thesis. The study has reached important results , some of which are : The propaganda with its fluctuation and attraction represented one of the methods which has taken the lead to consolidate the concept of the new state because it is an establishment concerned with the expression of the official tendencies of the government. It is important to reveal that the propaganda has started from the lobbies of clergy of the Christian church. Focusing on the nature of the American tendencies towards the Middle East , it is quite obvious that the American strategy is always dependent on mere propagandic bases. The ideological concepts of the American policy , being not obvious , made the decision maker in Washington mix the pragmatism and the end justifies the means policy and this what happened in Iraq and Iran through the confidential operations done by the American intelligence to overthrow Abid Al - kareem Qasim regime in Iraq and Muhammad Mosadaq in Iran. It also contributed to make Al - Baa'th party assume power in 1968 and not giving the support necessary to shah Muhammad Rudha Pahlawi.
الصفحات الاولى:

سياسة الاتحاد السوفيتي تجاه باكستان 1947 - 1971 Soviet Union Policy Towards Pakistan 1947 - 1971

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: سحر عبد السلام مهدي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: حيدر عبد الرضا حسن التميمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The United States have been associated with the state of Pakistan Through treaties and alliances After the emergence of Pakistan as a modern state in 1947, and its separation from India in the same year. The United States has worked to build militarybasses as a part of a strategy to encircle the Soviet Union. The Soviet Union had not seen the South Asian region within the interests Because it beliefs that Pakistan's independence is not a communist revolution. When Pakistan was associated by treatieswith Western countries, Moscow has approached to India against Pakistan. Pakistan was one of the non - aligned countries and principles do not allow her Link with any of the two great powers, and some world events could Change the nature of internationalrelations in the Indian sub - continent region in general, and the Soviet Union's policy toward Pakistan in particular which is the focus of our study of the period (1947 - 1971) from the beginning of Pakistan's independence until Indian Pakistan war.The study was divided in four chapters ,introduction and conclusion ,the first chapter about the Soviet policy toward Pakistan in the stage of civilian rule and Parliamentary life (1947 - 1958) ,the period between the beginning of Pakistan's independence until the beginning of military rule which divided into four part ,we study in the first section Soviet attitude of the secession of Pakistan and the establishment of a state for the Muslims of India ,in the second section we studied the Soviet position on the Indo Pakistani dispute over Kashmir and the evolution of Soviet relations - Pakistan until 1953,in the third section we study Pakistan's foreign policy and the accession of western alliances and the Soviet position for it and we study in the four section the most important communist parties and socialist in Pakistan and the recent attitude of them, and a reference to the position of these parties from Pakistan's foreign policy and the relationship of the parties with the Soviet Union.The second chapter explained The Soviet Union's position from the internal political developments and foreign relations of Pakistan (1958 - 1965),we study in this chapter the impact of international developments in the relations soviets - Pakistan (1958 - 1964) and the development of relations in the political and economic level between the two countries, the Soviet Union's position on the developments of the problem Pashtunistan until 1964 and the evolution of the diplomatic relations between Soviet and Bakstin until 1965, marked by the historic visit of President Muhammad Ayub Khan to the Soviet Union in the same year.The third chapter deal with Soviet policy toward Pakistan (1966 - 1968) ,we study in it The Soviet Union's policy toward Pakistan and the signing of the Tashkent Agreement of 1966, The role of the Soviet Union in the resolution of the India - Pakistan conflict and the success of Soviet diplomacy in the contact of Tashkent agreement, the development of Soviet - Pakistani relations in the political, military and economic areas (1966 - 1967), The evolution of Soviet policy toward Pakistan and the contact of the arms deal in 1968 and activity Pakistani government to build a nuclear program and the position of the Soviet efforts to ban nuclear weapons.The fourth chapter discuss Soviet policy toward Pakistan under the President Mohammad Yahya Khan, 1969 - 1971,we studied in it The Soviet Union's position on the internal situation in Pakistan and the development of relations between them (1969 - 1970) ,the role of Pakistani mediation in the US - China rapprochement and the position of the Soviet Union from it and the crisis of Eastern Pakistan and the Soviet position from it until 1971, and the secession of Eastern Pakistan and the creation of the state of Bangladesh.
الصفحات الاولى:

السيد محمد مهدي السويج ودوره الاجتماعي والسياسي والفكري بين عامي 1941 - 2002 Sayid Mohammad Mahdi Al - Sewaich And His Social, Political And Intellectual Role (1941 - 2002

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: حميد سيلاوي لفتة المالكي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ياسين طه ياسين الهارون
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Studying secular, intellectual and political personalities is important to remove ambiguity in historical studies on one hand and to investigate the roles those personalities play to make history on the other hand. Modern and contemporary history of Iraq witnessed appearance of too many personalities who played that role and who were concerned to help and awaken their people, to find the suitable solutions by examining the events and realities, to benefit from the experience of others and to encourage thinking in the different aspects of life to achieve those objectives. It is important to study the social, political and intellectual aspects of life of Mohammad Mahdi Al - Sewaich who was bold enough to tell the truth and the false without fear or flattery to any side both during the royal and the republican eras in Iraq. He preferred the public interest and not his own one. He was a well - known orator, not only in Iraq but also in all the Islamic world. He was particularly genius and distinguished by his varied intellectual production in all religious and non - religious sciences so as to treat retardation and failure in social, cultural and political issues in the Islamic world in general Consequently, he had his own influence on the Youth who were looking forward to a one unified state. The researcher chose 1941 as the start of the time under study because it was the year of Al - Sewaich's appearance on the Iraqi, regional and international arena particularly in his reforms and social activities like opening libraries and associations, lecturing in religious occasions… etc. On the other hand, 2002 was chosen as the end of the time under study because at that year, Al - Sewaich isolated himself from people and started writing his books until he died in Syria in 2002. The study attempts to answer the following : To what extent did the public situation in Iraq in general and Basrah in particular lead to appearance of Al - Sewaich on the arena? Were his different cultural and intellectual abilities able to change and reform the society? Why did he transform his social and intellectual reforms from Iraq to other Arab and foreign countries? Was he able overcome the difficulties he faced from the royal and republican regimes in Iraq? Was he obliged to transform his activities to other countries and was he successful to do this? The social, political and intellectual activities of Mohammad Mahdi Al - Sewaich were not academically and independently studies niether inside or outside Iraq. Furthermore, this personality was not (if not very rarely) mentioned in the academic studies that studied the clergymen in karbala and Najaf. Besides, there was no mentioning of his activities when talking about activities of other clergymen. The reason, as the researcher thinks was the special nature of the personality of Al - Sewaich who did not want to show himself and because he was busy to build himself without help of others whether socially, intellectually or economically. That put him in a Kind of isolation away of suspicion and duplicity. The study consists of an introduction, four chapters and conclusion. Chapter one studies the scientific and social upbringing of Mohammad Mahdi Al - Sewaich. It sheds light on his family, Kinship, sources of thinking, teachers, students and different works in philology, Quran commentary, history, literature, poetry… etc. Chapter two discusses his social role and activities that were represented by his reforms and travels to study and spread Islam as a preacher and orator. He went to India and Pakistan for this purpose and to Egypt to complete his study of religion. He had a special role to spread teachings of prophet Mohammad's Kins (Peace be upon them), to urge to maintain the Islamic unity and to reject sectarian conflict. He also travelled to Bahrain to teach religion, to preach and to start Hussaini mourning assemblies. He was also active in other different social aspect inside and outside Iraq and that was represented by his role in Iraqi Writers Association in Basrah and Orphan Care Association, in his opening libraries, arranging ceremonies, lecturing, teaching in courses in addition to his encouragement to sport, acting and other social activities. He was behind conversion of many foreigners to Islami causes. Chapter three highlights his political role inside and outside Iraq during the royal and republican eras. It tackles his attitude towards the different political ideas and trends of the communists, the nationalists, the socialists and the sectarians as well as his position of the regional political and military developments of the Iranian Revolution 1979, the Iraqi opposition outside Iraq, the triple aggression on Egypt in 1956, Arab - Israeli war in 1967, First Gulf war 1980 - 1988, Second Gulf war 1991 and the economic sanction on Iraq. Chapter four discusses his intellectual role and achievements in Islamic thinking and Quran commentary, doctrines and rules, Hussain's Renaissance, moderation, compromising and his jurisprudence, his views and opinions of Islamic approaches and trends like Al - Bahism, Qadianism, Sheikhism and his refuting wahabism in addition to his position of the different Islamic creeds, his style and his speeches. He was a spiritualist, a philosopher, a poet and a historian. He wrote in Iraqi and Arab newspapers and journals about different scientific and human topics. The conclusion is devoted to show the most important results arrived at by the researcher. The conclusion reflects his social, political and intellectual role inside and outside Iraq where he practiced his different activities. Finally, the researcher hopes that this humble effort of him achieves his aim of contributing something to the Iraqi and Arabic library to study prominent personalities and particularly this Basri one.
الصفحات الاولى:

الحملة الفرنسية على روسيا القيصرية 1809 - 1812 The French Campaign Against Tsarist Russia 1809 - 1812

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: اسراء عبد الكريم طاهر المالكي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: مشعل مفرح ظاهر العونان
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The revolution that took place in France in the year 1789 was not an event that influenced France alone, in fact it crossed the borders to include the whole world , particularly Europe whose Kings began to fight its liberal ideas fearing that those ideas may reach their countries ; therefore, the reactions of the European countries towards the new revolution varied : some of the accepted them, others fought them and still others were indifferent. What matters here is the position of Russia towards that Revolution. They splitinto two parties : the Russian people supported the Revolution and found out that it was a way to get rid of the absolute monarchy and thus started to study the principles of the Revolution carefully. On the other hand the Russian Government was apparent from the nature of Empress Catherine the Second, 1762 - 1796, who fought all that related to the Revolution and dismissed the French that were settling in her country. Not only did she prevent the Russians from importing any French goods and stopped the trade with France but she also urged the Europeans to start a war against France. As a result those countries formed the first coalition against France in the year 1792. The Russian Empire continued in its hostility towards the French Revolution till her death in 1796. When her son, Paul the First, ascended the throne 1796 - 1801 ,he changed attitudes towards the Revolution and appeared as a man of peace at the beginning ,but when France occupied Egypt and Malta ,the new Tsar had to adopt a hostile position against France.Then he joined the new coalition of 1798 against France. Because of the different points of views and plans of themembers of theCoalition ,Paul the First left the coalition and signed a treaty with France. After the death of Paul the First, Alexander the First became the emperor 1801 - 1825. He was in peace with Napoleon ,who became the First council of France ,and after the war that took place between Britain and France , Bonaparte became the Emperor ,the relations between France and Russia witnessed new tension ,particularly when Napoleon executed Duke Angan ,one of the prices of the Bourbons, which the European countries regarded as actualthreat to their benefits, those countries agreed to form a third European coalition. Russia and Britain represented the corner stone of that coalition, where Russia led a lot of battles against France such as Austerlitz battle in 1805, Eylau battle in 1806 and Friedland battle in 1807.In all those battles the victory was French. Later on the two countries signed a peace treaty ,known as the Tlst Treaty in 1807, in which the two parties agreed to be allied and friends.That friendship was stressed in Erfurt Conference, which was held in 1808. The relations between the two countries continued to be friendly till the year 1810, when Russia breached that treaty by refusing to apply the embargo against Britain. The whole year 1811 the two countries continued in their correspondences that led, atlast, to Napoleon’s Campaign against Russia on the 23nd of june,1812. He and his army pushed deep into the Russian lands, where the Russians adopted the strategy of retreating deep into their land, and burning all the cities that they were withdrawing from , however the campaign did not end up unless Napoleon defeated and his army, which its strength exhausted due to a lack foodstuff materials into as well as the winter, which was harsh where the temperature dropped to ( - 26 Celsius). This actually forced Napoleon to return to France, at the same time Russia was pushed to form the sixth alliance against France.After the Allied victories in the Battle of Leipzig, Napoleon was forced to return to the France borders, but it was too late, and allied forced had decided to enter to Paris, and it was done in 1814. The first Paris Treaty was held in the same year, which brought up the dismissal of Napoleon, and then exiled to the Island of Elba, and formation of a new interim government and the return of the Bourbon to the throne of France. The campaign led by Napoleon against Russia ended all Napoleon's dreams to control over theEuropean Continent and to expand with the East.
الصفحات الاولى:

المجلس التاسيسي الكويتي (1961 - 1963) : دراسة تاريخية The Constituent Assembly Of Kuwait (1961 - 1963 ) : A Historical Study

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: دعاء علي سرحان الزيدي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: رافد عبد الرضا عيلان الخفاجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The chiefdom of Kuwait Signed in 1899, on the agreement of British protection under which became a protectorate administered some of their affairs, especially out wardness by Britain. was that agreement lasted until 19 June 1961, when Britain announced that Kuwait's independence, became incumbent on the Kuwaits to prove its existence as an independent state, citizens enjoy freedom and democracy, and that through the creation of a constituent assembly elected "suggest" to the world that the Kuwaiti government is moving towards more democracy. However, the march toward democracy soon clashed with the mentality of some of the ruling family elders, who refused at first to waive certain privileges which was granted to them in their capacity as the ruling family elders, Participated all their weight in the Kuwaiti Constituent Assembly. came participation by appointment rather than election, as is the case with the rest of the members of the Constituent Assembly, which confirms the fear of any democratic transformation lose their some of their privileges. plenty of the academic researchers, have significant and multiple aspects, specialized study of Kuwait contemporary political history, is that despite the importance of the Kuwaiti Constituent Assembly ( 1961 - 1963 ), close to its association with the lives of the Kuwaiti citizen on the one hand, and install the foundations of the modern state after the institution was about way to build the joints of the Kuwaiti state as a whole on the other hand, we have not noticed any concentration by those academic studies, for addressing the Council of Kuwait constituent of topics, and the Bill of laws and amendments, except for some writings and articles scattered, which dealt with a very small fraction of the Thread, noting that some of them have been written without the generality that there is a fight in the details, which made it difficult for any researcher, having such a topic in light of the lack of these studies first, and the difficulty of the subject and its complexities Second. Based on the historical significance of the above, it came this study tagged : ( Council Kuwaiti Constituent Assembly from 1961 to 1963 ), in order to detect one of the important aspects and the mean in Kuwait contemporary political history, an attempt to examine role of the Kuwaiti constituent assembly, and its contribution to the transmission of Kuwait from a tribal entity managed some internal and external affairs by the state of Britain's protection, an independent state adopts the existing democratic system of governance elections and parliamentary representation. as well as study the discussions members of the Special legislation of laws and amendment by the Constituent Assembly, which paved the way for the adoption of the permanent Kuwaiti constitution and the election of the National Assembly. The research found a set of findings and conclusions that can incorporate the most important as follows : First : the desire of Britain, Sheikh Abdullah Al - Salem Al - Sabah, and some Kuwaiti dignitaries, the establishment of a constitutional alternative to the tribal government the prevailing system in Kuwait at the time system, as it is becoming imperative for Kuwait after its independence from Britain in 1961, to prove its existence as an independent state, citizens enjoy freedom and democracy, and so through the creation of elected councils "suggest" to the world that the Kuwaiti government is moving towards more democracy.Second : The most important can be notice on the work of the Kuwaiti Constituent Assembly, is the presence of ministers appointed as members of the Council exercising two floors at the same time first : an executive capacity as minister in the Kuwaiti government, or Council of Ministers, and the second : a legislative capacity as members of the Constituent Assembly, so the problematic work of the Constituent Assembly was stemming from the attempt to the executive, the acquisition of the largest amount of powers to the legislative branch account, meaning that the legislature be dominant by the executive branch, and this is what made ministers insist initially through "a spokesman on their behalf," adviser legal Kuwaiti government Mohsen Abdel Hafez, that the task of the Constituent Assembly are limited to a supervisory role.Third : regardless of all the motives that accompanied the formation of the Kuwaiti Constituent Assembly, the Council's work form an important event in the history of Kuwait's political, economic and social, as the mode or the Constituent Assembly drafted the foundations of the system of government in Kuwait, which is destined to continue until the present day, the Although there are some obstacles and political problems faced by the parliament to work in Kuwait, and the Dismantling of the Kuwaiti National Assembly for several times, and electoral fraud, and the Deactivating of some articles of the Constitution, which thanks to the Kuwaiti accomplished Constituent Assembly.Fourth : such as the work of the Kuwaiti Constituent Assembly during that period, a radical shift in the history of Kuwait contemporary political, after the first legislative institution representative of the population to be formed in Kuwait, which has become a reason to create a kind of political awareness among the population of Kuwait, as "Feeling" the presence of a representative entity their own regulator monitors the work of the executive authority, defends their rights through the exercise of the functions of the legislative and regulatory authority, and about the so rushed some residents of Kuwait and dignitaries, to submit petitions and complaints related to their problems, especially the character service, which had previously been neglected, some ministers of the executive branch before the formation Foundation Board.Fifth : The follower of the minutes of the Kuwaiti Constituent Assembly, the minutes of the meetings of the committee preparing the permanent Kuwaiti constitution, foand that most of the laws and legislation political, economic, administrative and service, and some of the permanent Kuwaiti Constitution, were approved under pressure from ministers of the executive authority ( Council of Ministers ), the dominant the work of the Constituent Council ( Parliment ), or to find compromise solutions between the elected members and appointed, and that the necessary ignored the objections of the elected members, and resorting to a vote, which is always in favor of the appointed ministers as members of the Constituent Assembly, or taking the opinion of the Prince Sheikh Abdullah Salem Al - Sabah, to Definitiveness some of the topics at issue, which the size or reduced the independence of the work of the Kuwaiti Constituent Assembly to pass a lot of laws and legislation, it seemed as if the executive branch is watching the work of the legislature, other than what is the case in all parliaments of the world adoptive system democratic governance.Sixth : Overall, we can say that the Constituent Assembly of Kuwait, has succeeded despite the obstacles and difficulties created by the ministers of the executive branch appointed as members of the Constituent Assembly, in the tasks entrusted to him perform under the Interim Constitution of Kuwait : ( Act No. 1 of 1962 ), laid the foundations of the state Kuwait, through legislation, modification and approval of many of the political, economic, administrative and service laws, as well as being able to By done his mean mission president of the preparation of the permanent Kuwaiti constitution, which was approved by the Emir of Kuwait, Sheikh Abdullah Al - Salem Al - Sabah, dated 11 November 1962, under which announced the end of the action Board Kuwaiti Constituent Assembly, to take place after the elections, members of the Kuwaiti National Assembly, which held its first session on 29 January 1963.Seventh : Finally The research, to the Kuwait Permanent its constitution of 1962, he moved from the traditional chiefdom - based formula on the basis of the absolute rule of the elders of the Al - Sabah family, to a limited and incomplete constitutional emirate preliminary version, under the constitutional system of governance amid combines two systems Parliamentary the presidential, with a tendency towards the first, as part of the equation summarized Articles IV and VI of the Permanent Constitution of Kuwait, after Kuwait hereditary emirate where limited presidential Descendents Sheikh Mubarak Al - Sabah, provided that the system of government in which a democratic, under which sovereignty of the nation, all of which are the source of authority, and on despite limited mobility and not complete, but it is a big and important step compared to what it was the conditions of Kuwait in the pre - independence, particularly since the transition from autocracy system to a constitutional system of government, has identified the powers of the prince and the elders of the ruling family, for according to a Permanent Kuwaiti constitution, the center of a system which combines the two systems parliamentary and presidential.
الصفحات الاولى:

قوات المقاومة الشعبية في العراق 1اب 1958 - 29 تموز 1959 Folk Resistance Forces In Iraq 1 August 1958 - 29 July 1959

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: بشائر محمود مطرود المنصوري
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فرات عبد الحسن كاظم الحجاج
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: If one traces the temporary history of Iraq, especially the period during which Abdul Kareem Qassim ruled from 1958 up to 1963, he will find a lot of bloody strife and struggles in that one starts thinking about the source behind these struggles and turmoil. The answer to such question is that there were two trends for the ideological policies which were different. These were the national and communist parties. It seems that the main reason behind these differences was attributed to the kind of policy practiced by the government in treating such struggles and its results. Thus, the formation of the folk resistance forces in 1958 is considered as a procedure agitating the conflict, and hence, the significance of the study comes from this source of discussion, regardless talking about the source of establishing the militias in Iraq. Also, little has been written on this subject. The significance of this study lies in its revelation of the roots of the contemporary political struggles after the 14 July revolution in 1958. This study falls into a preliminary and three chapters and a conclusion. The preliminary is primarily concerned with the rise of the 14th July revolution in 1958 and the Arab's position and national attitude towards this Rise. The national position from this revolution is considered one of the sources of the formation of the folk resistance. Chapter one includes three sections. The first one is devoted to show the reasons of establishing the folk resistance. In section two, several topics are discussed such as the law of folk resistance and the leading of these forces, besides other things. Section three pays attention to the distribution of the centers of the folk resistance forces in the provinces of Iraq. Chapter two shows the role of these forces in the happenings in Iraq from 1958 to1959. Section one in this chapter focuses on the Rasheed Aali Al - Gailani's movement showing the reasons of the rise of this movement and its results. Section two shows the role of the folk forces in Mosel happenings in 1958 and the rise of Abdul Al - Wahab's movement and its resistance of the folk forces. This section also focuses on explaining the role these forces in Mosel's massacre from 9 to 29 on March in 1959 and the position of the Iraqi government from these forces after the happenings of Al - Shawaf. Section three focuses on Rasheed Lolan's movement in Rawndooz on May in 1959, showing its causes and the role of the folk forces in dissolving this movement. Chapter three deals with the surpasses of these forces and the position of Abdul - Kareem Qassim from them in (1958 - 1959). The chapter explicates the surpass of these forces against ministers and military officers, against laws, administrations, and against the political parties. The conclusion comes finally to shed light on the result that these forces were the main helpers for the Iraqi army and the security forces. They under the influence of the communist party. This influence put these forces in two positions in that they should follow the government orders and guide and the communist party's orders. This affected their nature of work and led to a lot conflicts later on till they were dissolved in July 29th in 1959
الصفحات الاولى:

الصراع على السلطة في اندونيسيا 1965 - 1967 The Struggle For Power In Indonesia 1965 - 1967

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عمر عدنان داود الخالد
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: كاظم هيلان محسن السهلاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This thesis deals with Power conflict in Indonesia from 1965 to 1967. The researcher aims at investigating the causes and results of this conflict, its Development stages and the intentions of the involved parties. The importance of choosing this topic stems from the importance of Indonesia in South - East Asia which passed through many historical events. Independence and power hand over from Holland started a new stage of home political advances, where the parliamentary institution (1949 - 1957) followed the Western countries procedures. It legalized the freedom to form political parties and practice their work to lead opposition from inside the parliament building. However, this system failed soon because of the conflict between the political parties. This failure pushed President Sukarno to apply oriented democracy starting from 1957, where he took power in his hands and cancelled the parliamentary system; he developed good relations with the Indonesian Communist Party whose authority widened because of Sukarno's support. This lead army Generals to be the main Power after the authority of the competing parties to the Communist Party had weakened after the application of oriented democracy. Army Generals stood against the Communist party for fear of taking over power. Sukarno stood beside the party which led to a new stage in the conflict during the period 1965 - 1967. The first chapter of the study tackled the Indonesian political situation during the period (1949 - 1957). Chapter two is entitled Movement of the First of October (May - October 1965). This chapter deals with the direct preparations to the Movement, the upraise of the Movement and the change in President Sukarno's position towards it. Chapter three is entitled The Role of General Suharto against the First of October Movement, it displays General Suharto's role in evoking public opinion against President Sukarno and his role in standing against the first of October Movement. Chapter four deals with the home situation crisis in Indonesia which resulted from Sukarno's formation of the National Front for his followers to stand against General Suharto's campaign against him. This chapter refers also to the ministerial modification that Sukarno started which led to a greater inside crisis and Which evolved into what happened in March 1966. This chapter also focused on the steps that General Suharto had taken to strip Sukarno of his authorities and drive him away from ruling Indonesia. The conclusion included the most important conclusions that had been reached at through studying Authority conflict in Indonesia (1965 - 1967)
الصفحات الاولى:

العلاقات السياسية الامريكية - الفنلندية 1939 - 1945 The American - Finnish Political Relations 1939 - 19

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ميثاق عبد العزيز سلمان التميمي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فرقد عباس قاسم المياحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This study aims at shed light on the nature of American - Finnish political relations from the Soviet attack of Finland in 1939 up to the Finnish withdrawal from the second world war, and resuming of Diplomatic relations between USA and Finland in August 1945. This study is divided into a preface, introduction, three chapters and a conclusion. The preface follows up a brief history of Finland and its geography, and the early American representations in Finland, and the American attitude towards the Finnish declaration of independence. The researcher discusses the Soviet - Finnish negotiations in 1939, which led to breakdown of war between Finland and the Soviet Union, and the failure of American good office. The first chapter deals with the American - Finnish political relations from November 1939 up to June 1941. This chapter focuses on the American attitude towards the Soviet - Finnish war, the American role in holding of Soviet - Finnish treaty in March 1940. The chapter discusses also the German - Finnish rapprochement and its effects on the American - Finnish political relations from April 1940 up to June 1941. The second chapter deals with the Finnish - German attack on the Soviet Union in June 1941 and its effect on the American - Finnish relations up to December 1941. This chapter explains also the deterioration of the American - Finnish relations during 1942 , and the reducing of diplomatic relations. The chapter explains why the American government summoned its ambassador in Helsinki for consultations in 1942. The last chapter is devoted to discuss the developments of American - Finnish relations from 1943 up to August 1945. This chapter focuses on the failure of American mediation to put an end to war between Soviet Union and Finland, the failure of peace talks between Soviet Union and Finland in 1944, why USA breaks off its diplomatic relation with Finland. Finally, this chapter discusses the resuming of the American - Finnish relations in 1945
الصفحات الاولى:

السياسة الامريكية تــجاه الجمهورية العربية اليمنية 1967 - 1979 American Policy Towards The Arab Republic Of Yemen 1967 - 1979

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: شروق سعود عبد الخنجر
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ابراهيم فنجان صدام الامارة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: تبنت الولايات المتحدة الامريكية سياسات متعددة الاوجه والابعاد تجاه الشرق الاوسط بصورة عامة واليمن بصورة خاصة، لحماية مصالحها الاقتصادية لاسيما النفطية منها في المملكة العربية السعودية لما لها من اهمية لواشنطن وحلفاؤها. علاوة على ذلك فقد شكل الشطر الشمالي | Multifaceted policies have been adopted by the United States of America towards the Middle East in general, and towards Yemen in particular to protect and secure their economic and political interests especially with respect to oil interests in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, because of the importance of oil to Washington and its allies. Furthermore , the northern part of Yemen represents a great strategic and military significance. Especially after the establishment of a Marxist regime which is clearly loyal to the Soviet Union in the southern part of Yemen. Not to mention the importance of its geographical location near one of the most important International waterways which the United States made sure that they did not fall under the control of the Soviet Union which leads eventually to a great threat for its economic and political interests. And this seems clear that Yemen has become one of the most important regions of the rivalry between the USA and the Soviet Union and that any of them ( USA and the Soviet Union ) will not stand back and watch the events and the developments that the is witnessed by the region if not its interests are exposed to the risk , because Yemen was passing by the period of the political and economic building , like the Third World countries , Washington exploited the necessary need of Sanaa for the political and economic support to overcome its problems so it used this assistance to extend its influence and protect its interests and face the Soviet union influence in the southern part of Yemen. This had resulted in an Arab cold war or the proxy war which is a clear reflection of the strained of the relations between Moscow and Washington. The importance of the subject of US politics towards the northern part of Yemen 1967 - 1979 , was the reason behind choosing it for this Master thesis , which includes an introduction and five chapters and a conclusion and appendixes. The first chapter deals with Yemeni - American relations for the period 1945 - 1967. The first section deals with the first attempts of Washington and Sanaa to establish mutual relations and sign the Treaty of Friendship and Trade in 1946 , and the second section discusses the Yemen - US relations in the era of Imam Ahmad 1948 - 1962, While the third section focuses on the relations of the two parties in the republican era in 1962 - 1967 , After the US recognition of the republican system in late 1962 , the US position of the Yemeni civil war between republicans and monarchists , cut ties between Sana'a and Washington after the June 1967 war, and Egypt's role in it. The second chapter focuses on the American politics towards Yemen after the severance of diplomatic relations in 1967, The first section deals with the deterioration of the relations between Washington and Sana'a and its interruption and the second section comes to explain the American politics towards Yemen during the stage of relations cut 1967 - 1972 , and the attempts by the Yemeni government to resume its relations with Washington. The third Section discusses the shifts of the American politics after the resumption of the Yemeni - American relations 1974 - 1972. The first section Turns to the motives of the both parties for the resumption of relations in 1972. while the second section deals with the visit of 'Rogers' to Sana'a and the US position in the war of 1972 between the two parts of Yemen. while the Third Section studies the growing of the Yemeni - US relations till the coup of Al - Hamdi. In the fourth chapter , the master thesis discusses the evolution of the American politics towards the northern part of Yemen in 1974 - 1978 , the first part deals with the US position of the return of the military rule for Yemen after the coup of al - Hamdi , and the second part is about the US position of the strained of the relations between the two parts 1978. The fifth chapter focuses on the American Policy towards the Yemeni internal developments 1978 - 1979 , the first section includes the US reaction to the arrival of Ali Abdullah Saleh to the power, while the second section is allocated to the statement of the US position in the war of 1972 between the two parts of Yemen. The Title : 1. US politics towards the northern part of Yemen. 2. US politics towards the Arab Republic of Yemen
الصفحات الاولى:

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الامريكية تجاه القضية النمساوية 1945 - 1955 The United States Of America The Policy Of Towards The Austrian Question 1945 - 1955

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: تحسين علي حسين
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فاروق صالح العمر
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The era after the second world war witnessed a kind of competition between the united states of America and the soviet Union to control different countries in the world. Austria was one of these countries that became the stage for the conflict between the west and the east for ten years because of its important and strategic geographical position. After liberating Austria from the Nazi occupation in March 1945 , the Allies agreed to divide Austria and its capital Vienna into four Zones of occupation for the United states of America , the Soviet Union , Britain and France as a preparation to execute the treaty of independence of Austria which granted it the right of sovereignty after withdrawl of the occupying troops. However , the troops Left Austria in 1955 because of the conflict between the east and the west during the cold war. That is why most of the European historians see that the cold war started in Austria and not in Germany. The study covers the years from 1945 to 1955. 1945 was chosen as the starting point of the study because in that year , Austria was liberated from the Nazi occupation by the Allied states. Also , the researcher chose 1955 as the closing year because the treaty of Austria was signed by the four states of occupation on the 5th of March of that year. The thesis consisted of an introduction , four chapters , a conclusion and appendixes.The Study in chapter was on (( the policy of the united states of America towards Austria since Birth of the First Austrian Republic up to March 1945 )) starts in 1918 because it is the year of the Birth of the Austrian Republic out of the ruins of the Empire of Austria and Hungary after the first world war. The first section of the chapter deals with the American - Austrian relations from 1918 to 1938 when Hitler annexed Austria. The section reviews the relation between the two states and the political and economic support of the united states of America to the first Austrian Republic. Section two tackles the American policy towards Austria from 1939 to March 1945. The section focuses on the reflections of the second world war on Austria and the Position of the United states towards that war in addition to the military and political role of the United States after entering the war to liberate Austria. Chapter two(( Policy of the United States of America towards the Austria Question during Rule of President Truman from March 1945 to 1947 )) includes three sections. The chapter emphasizes the policy of the United states during the first year of occupation of Austria. Chapter three (( Policy of the United States of America towards the Austria Question during Rule of President Tru - man 1948 - 1952 )) consists of three sections and is concerned with the military , economic and political support of the United states to Austria During the Period under study in this chapter, Marshal Project came into effect in Austria and it helped a lot in recovery of the Austrian economy. Furthermore , the United states of America started in 1948 a secret plan to reconstruct the Austrian Army to be ready to defend Austria against any communist threat after signing the Austrian Treaty. Chapter four is devoted to study (( the policy of the United States of America during the Era of President Eisenhower towards the Austrian Question 1953 - 1955)). The chapter Looks into the international situation in 1953 when Eisenhower became president of the United State of America , Also , the Soviet leader Stalin died in that year and the negotiations between the Soviet Union and Austria started in that year. The chapter also sheds light on the role of the United State of America in Berlin conference in 1954 which prepared the way for the USA and USSR to agree on the treaty of Austria in April 1955. The conclusion is devoted to present the results that the researcher reached.
الصفحات الاولى:

معارك وغزوات الكويت ومشاركاتها الحربية (1716 - 1814) Battles And Its Invasions Of Kuwait And Its Participatins In Wars (1716 - 1896 )

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: نضال خزعل غضبان الزيادي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: رافد عبد الرضا عيلان الخفاجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: يهدف البحث الى دراسة معارك وغزوات الكويت ومشاركاتها الحربية ( 1716 - 1814 )، اي خلال المدة التي سبقت تولي الشيخ جابر الصباح حكم مشيخة الكويت، والتي امتازت بكثرة مشاركاته الحربية الى جانب الدولة العثمانية.. فضلا عن دراسة تاثير تلك المعارك والغزوات والمشارك | Kuwaiti modern history has been associated with many of the political events represented by wars and battles fought by the Kuwaiti tribes since their migration from Najd. Alsubah family, a branch of the tribe Utub, which have migrated up to the year 1665 from their first habitat in the Hadar located within the region of Najd to the shores of the Arabian Gulf as a result of the harsh conditions of life, and severe drought that has happened in their home areas due to Lack of rain, which caused the outbreak of tribal conflicts over grazing lands and eventually led to an exodus of large numbers of Utub tribe native to the first direction of Kuwait area, and it should be It noted that the members of this tribe before settling in Kuwait tried to settle in areas ( Al Mabraz, Al Zubarah, the coast of Persia, and Basra ), but they faced strong rejection of the population in these areas.. After a long migration, some families of Utub ( Al - Sabah, Al - Khalifa, and Al - Jalahmah ) were allowed within the year 1716, to settle near the Kuwait bay which was influenced by the tribe of Bani Khalid, a region that was not inhabited at the time. The reason I chose my study of the year 1716, as a beginning of a subject of the study is due basically that that year was the beginning of Kuwait foundation as an Emirate by Utub tribe which had many battles with different tribes to keep that Emirate. Utub tribe did its best to prove itself and quit migration life.. After settling in Kuwait , they began practicing acts of pearl diving and fishing, maritime and trade from and to India, as well as the ports of the Persian Gulf and other such as ( Basra, AL - Ahwaz, And Bahrain ). Then they divided the adminisration of the affairs of Kuwait among them. The agreement texted that Alsubah family hold presidency and its affairs by consulting others while AlKhalifa family hold the trade affairs.On the other hand , work organising affairs in the sea was entrusted by Al Jalahmah. This type of government administration was until 1766 when Alsubah family totally ruled Kuwait as a result to the migration of Al - Khalifa family and a big number of AlJalahima to Zubarah where they settled there before their occupation of the island of Bahrain with the participation of Kuwaiti rulers (Alsubah family) in 1782.. But after the year 1782, Kuwait was exposed to numerous attacks ( the most important one was the first battle occurred directly with Kuwait, known as the ( Naval battle of Rikkah ) against a coalition of AlKaab when Kuwaitis won by themselves ).. Starting in 1793, Kuwait has been subjected from time to the Wahhabi invasions, which lasted until 1896, which is the year of the study stop and the reason for this is that the year witnessed radical change in Kuwaiti policy represented by Sheikh Mubarak Alsubah's assassinating his two brothers ( Mohammad and Jarrah ) and appointed himself as a Sheikh of Kuwait.. Due to the importance above, this study is to discover one of the important political sides in the modern history of Kuwait. The study is an attempt to study those events in details and to show its effect in Kuwait as an independent Emirate and to detect the latent goals behind those events.. The study needed to divide the research into four chapters. The first chapter of the research has studied the origin of Utub tribe as a founder of the Emirate of Kuwait and presented a historical review about the origin of this tribe and its first habitat. The chapter referred to the date and the reasons of their migration from Najd up to the year 1665. It also deals with the topic of their migration to Zubarah about 1669, showing the problems happened between the tribe of Utub and the original people of Zubarah ( Al - Muslim ) which at last led to killing a man from Al - Muslim by the hand of a man from Utub. Consequently, It was the reason which made Utub migrate from Zubarah to the shores of the Arabian Gulf in 1698. The chapter always mentions their migration to Persia in 1698. They didn't settle there for a long time because they had a war with the tribe of Hola in 1701. They migrated to Basrah in the same year and settled in it for a period of time but they worked as pirates which made them have conflicts with the Ottoman empire. They were forced to leave Basrah and go to Kuwait in 1716.. The second chapter studied the Kuwait battles and participations in war ( 1716 - 1814 ) and how Utub could achieve their stability. It also studied the participation of Utub with Al - Mathkoor in the war againt Bani Kaab in 1761. It also studied the participation of Kuwait in Zubara battle in 1782, Kuwait participation with Al - Khaleefa in occupying Bahrain in 1783, and Kuwaiti battle of the naval battle of Raqqa in 1783, against a coalition of Bani Kaab and achieved victory by itself, as well as the Battle of Ibrahim bin Afissan of Kuwait in 1793, and the invasion of Manna Abu Rijlain two years in 1797, and Saoud Bin Abdel AlAziz Al - Saoud's invasion to Kuwait 1804, At last it studied the participation of Kuwait in the battle of Khkakrah in 1811.. The third chapter dealt with Kuwait war battles and participations for the period ( 1814 - 1866 ). This historical period was recognized by many Kuwaiti war participations beside the Ottoman empire such the participation of Kuwait in breaking the blockade of Basrah imposed by The tribe of Muntafiq in 1826. The chapter also studied Kuwaiti invasion to the tribe of Al - Nassar in Briam in 1827. The chapter also contains the participation of Kuwait beside the tribe of Muntafiq and Bani Kaab in the blockade of Basrah in 1831. It also studied the participation of Kuwait in the bnlockade of Zubair in 1833. It also studied the participation of Kuwait beside the Ottoman Empire in occupying the city of Mohammarah in 1837. The chapter also explainedthe Egyptian second expansion in the Arab gulf in 1838. The chapter also studied the invasion Sheik of Muntafaq , Bandar Al - Sadoun , to Kuwait in 1844. At last, the chapter studied the participation of Kuwait in the battle of Milh in 1859.. The fourth chapter studied the battles and invasions of Kuwait and war participations for the period ( 1866 - 1896 ). It mentioned the participation of Kuwait beside the Sheikh of Mohammrah, Jabir Bin Mirdaw , in his conflict with the tribe of Nassar in ( 1868 - 1869 ). It also mentions the participation of Kuwait in the Ottoman campaign on Ihsaa in 1871, referring to the decisive role done by the Kuwaiti forces participating in the campaign and the results made the campaign and its effect on Kuwait. The chapter also mentions the attempt of Saoud Bin Faisal Al - Saoud to invade Kuwait in 1873, the invasion of Mohammad Bin Abdullah Al - Rshaid to Subahiah in 1877, and the invasion of Majid Al - Duwaish to Kuwait in 1892. The chapter also mentions the participation of Kuwait in the interior conflict of Al - Dhafeer tribe in 1892. It traces the participation of Kuwait in the Ottoman campaign against Qatar in 1892, focusing on the importance of Kuwaiti financial and military support in that campaign. The chapter also mentions that Kuwait was exposed to the invasion of the tribe of Al - Saeed in 1893. It also mentions the invasion of the Saudi tribe of Bani Hajer against the Kuwaiti ships in 1894, killing many men and robbing their contents. It also mentions the participation of Kuwait beside the Ottoman empire in perusing the forces of Sheikh Al - Muntafaq, Sulaiman Mansour Al - Sadoun in 1894. Atlast it mentions the end of the study topic in the year 1896, when external and internal events happened which were the base in changing the political, social and economic situations in Kuwait when Sheikh Mubarak Al - Subah ruled Kuwait after he had killed his two brothers, Sheikhs Mohammad and Jarrah
الصفحات الاولى:

موقف عشائر جنوب العراق من الاحتلال البريطاني للعراق 1914 - 1918 The Position Of The Tribes Southern Iraq From British Occupation Of Iraq 1914 - 1918

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: حسن موات حسين الفرطوسي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: جعفر عبد الدائم بنيان المنصور
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: When erupted the First World War 1914 - 1918 and the declaration of war between the Ottoman and British Fmpire , she was Clans third the power of her position on the floor worrying for both parties (the Ottoman - British), and the British command deems a contributing factor in the war against the Ottomans, due to the recent persecution of those clans. Now that the national spirit for those clans have proved the opposite, as it rushed the men to do what is most precious in order to repel the British occupation of the homeland, it has had a major role in the resistance to the British occupation of Iraq, as the Ottoman authorities mainly relied on those tribes to repel the British occupation of Iraq. In spite of having a lot of research and academic Which I studied History of Iraq Modern and Contemporary with all the political aspects, economic, social and administrative, but no one was highlighted and the kind of detail on the position of the tribes of southern Iraq from British occupation during the First World War, 1914 - 1918.The letter came to cover the period of time the task of Iraq's history during the twentieth century, as well as to document and demonstrate the spirit Jihadist and true citizenship and absolute loyalty to the homeland, which surpasses all tribal loyalties and ethnic and sectarian The message came with an introduction, three chapters and a conclusion and seven appendices and a summary in English. The message chapters discussed the position of the tribes of southern Iraq from British occupation 1914 - 1918 as devoted the first chapter as an introduction to the review of the most important tribes in southern Iraq and the position of the Ottoman occupation and the influence of British authority 1869 - 1914. The second chapter the British occupation from 1914 to 1918 for Iraq and the role of tribes in southern Iraq in response to this occupation through active participation in the battles against the army of the British occupation forces and also their participation in front of Ahwaz. the third chapter Me studying the British administration in the era of occupation from 1914 to 1918 and the position of the tribes in southern Iraq, including 0, with which he discussed the formation of the British civil administration and how it has been by this management the most important administrative procedures that facilitate the process of the control of the occupation of southern Iraq areas and how the clans of southern Iraq, the position of this administration. The message has reached the most important results, as demonstrated tribes in southern Iraq national position of rejecting the Ottoman and British occupation with. as shown Ottoman neglect of Iraq only to Interests narrow. The inability of British influence in general stand, Which has expanded in Iraq because of the strategic and economic importance, as events proved the existence of effective national leadership, whether clerics or tribal leaders the leaders of this resistance and the extent of the commitment and obedience to the families of southern Iraq to references religion in Najaf
الصفحات الاولى:

صحيفة النداء وموقفها من الاجتياح العراقي للكويت (11 اب - 30 كانون الاول - 1990) The Attitude Of Al - Ned,A From The Iraqi Invension To Kuwait 11 - 30 Aug 1990

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: زيدون محمد راضي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: جاسم محمد هايس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: In addition, it clarifies, in survey the beliefs and the administrative systems of ancient India before the arrival of Islam.
الصفحات الاولى:

القضية الفلسطينية وانعكاساتها على احداث الوطن العربي 1970 - 1982 The Palestinian Issue And Its Impact On The Events Of The Arab World 1970 - 1982

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: اروى نوري نديم المياحي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: هلال ثجيل جلوي الخفاجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The message deals with the Palestinian issue …reflection on the events of the Arab world , for the period from the events of September 1970 AD , in Jordon , And the October war with Israel first , and followed the camp David treaty and its repercussions onthe Arab world and the conclusion of the Lebanese and their impact on the overall Arab history of war and also the Israel occupation of Lebanon in 1982 AD. The message had been reached among the results , but the most important is that the Palestinian.Issue has a dual effect on Arab situation and events either directly or indirectly. As well as the most prominent Israeli army defect in the fact of guerrilla war fare , Which the Israeli army is not fluent in dealing suffered big losses as the peace process led by Egypt did not come to a comprehensive peace did not stand in dependent of the chain wars swept the region. As Lebanon came under two bread categories in the year 1978 AS and 1982Ad , but Israel did not achieve its targets of these attacks , either militarily shaken the prestige and power of the Israeli army to the public , The Israeli and international public opinion. criticism of the regime's policies. Numerous journalists were dropped from the party or arrested last month. In February Sadat launched his diplomatic initiative, the main elements of which were Hafiz Ismail's visits to the Soviet Union and the United States. Sadat was roundly criticized in some Arab circles for opening a dialogue with the United States, especially after the news leaked that the US was preparing to continue supplying Israel with large quantities of arms and production facilities for aircraft.The Content of the Speech Sadat began his two and one - half hour speech by 124 Foreign Relations, 1969 - 1976, Volume XXV 50. Memorandum From Director of Central Intelligence Schlesinger to the President's Assistant for National Security Affairs (Kissinger)iWashington, April 16, 1973. SUBJECT : Israeli Estimates of Egypt's Present Military Intentions Recent assertions regarding the probability of Egyptian military moves against Israel are in conflict with the assessment the Israeli military intelligence has provided the United States as recently as the end of last week. Other indicators of Egyptian military intentions remain negative. On 12 April 1973, General Shalev, Deputy Chief of Israeli Military Intelligence, told the American Defense Attache' in Tel Aviv that he does not believeEgyptian President Sadat has made a decision to renew hostilities against Israel or that he will decide to do so in the near term. Shalev outlined at considerable length his reasons for reaching this conclusion despite certain recent developments in the Egyptian military, notably the transfer from Libya to Egypt of Libyan Mirage V aircraft, which have given rise to questions about present Egyptian intentions. A copy of the Defense Attache"s report of this conversation with Shalev is provided as Attachment A2 to this memorandum. Attachment B 118 Foreign Relations, 1969 - 1976, Volume XXV (Memorandum of conversation, March 8; ibid.) Regarding the Soviet paper handed to Kissinger by Brezhnev during Kissinger's April 1972 visit to Moscow, see Foreign Relations,1969 - 1976, volume XIV, Soviet Union, October 1971 - May 1972, Document 141, footnote 5. On March 14, Brezhnev sent Nixon a message describing his talks in Moscow with Egypt's Minister of War, Ahmed Ismail, who had expressed the Egyptian Government's serious concern with the absence of any progress toward a peace settlement. Egypt had been subjected to Israeli aggression for six years and Arab lands were still occupied by Israel. Ismail had declared that although it preferred a peaceful settlement , the Egyptian Government was coming to the conclusion that military confrontation with Israel might become unavoidable. Therefore, Egypt had to prepare itself for the possibility of a new military clash. Brezhnev concluded his message by saying that he wanted to emphasize again the seriousness of the developing situation in the Middle East and to draw the President's attention to the necessity of taking constructive steps in order to prevent such a confrontation. Brezhnev argued that such a turn of events would not only cause irreparable damage to the countries in the region but hurt other countries as well. Therefore, much depended on having the Soviet Union and the United States take "agreed steps directed at settlement of the Middle East situation."(National Archives, Nixon Presidential Materials, NSC Files, Kissinger Office Files, Box 70,5 Country Files, Europe, USSR, Exchangeof Notes Between Dobrynin and Kissinger, Vol. 5) January 2 - October 5, 1973 123 42. Memorandum From the President's Assistant for National Security Affairs (Kissinger) to President Nixom Washington, March 30, 1973. SUBJECT : Fuller Analysis of President Sadat's Speech The Daily Brief has contained the main points in President Sadat's speech of March 26. This memo includes a more extensive discussion and analysis, and excerpts of the section on foreign policy are attached.2Background Sadat has been struggling with troublesome domestic problems since last fall. Student riots in January were followed by press 1. Memorandum From Richard T. Kennedy of the National Security Council Staff to the President's Assistant for National Security Affairs (Kissinger)l Washington, January 2, 1973. SUBJECT : Secret Jordan - Egyptian Negotiations At Tab A2 is a memorandum from Director Helms conveying detailed information on secret negotiations between a representative of King Hussein andPresident Sadat which took place on 17 December. The key item is Sadat's assertion that he has decided Egypt must launch a war of attrition against Israel. Zayd Rifai represented King Hussein at the talks which took place in Cairo. In essence, the King proposed that Egypt and Jordan resume diplomatic relations and that they work together through political efforts to force a settlement on Israel. Rifai stated that the Arabs cannot risk another full scale war with Israel. He argued that the Soviets, having reached an understanding with the U.S. , do not wish to do anything that might jeopardize their newly - established working relationship with the Americans.Thus, according to Rifai, the United States is the only country in a position to break the present impasse and force the Israelis to withdraw from occupied Arab territories. Rifai informed Sadat that it is for this reason that on King Hussein's last visit to WashingtonS he attempted to take the problem out of State Department channels and bring it to President Nixon's office. Sadat expressed pleasure at Hussein's initiative in sending an emissary to meet him. He denied having any direct contacts with President Nixon's representatives but he said that he had received letters from President Nixon, all of which he had answered. Sadat told Rifai that he disagreed with Hussein on the Soviet role in the Middle East, asserting that Moscow does have a role to play inbringing about a solution to the Middle East problem , even though it is secondary to the role played by the United States. Sadat informed Rifai that his major disagreement with Hussein's views is in regard to the question of war versus political pressure on Israel. Sadat stated that he is absolutely convinced that the only way to force Israel to surrender the occupied territories is by renewing a war of attrition. He said that he had carefully calculated the cost to Egypt of starting such a war and he believes that it can be sustained. By hitting hard and deep inside Israel and by inflicting a sizeable number of civilian casualties on a regular basis, Egypt could force Israel into deciding that it is better to surrender the occupied territories. Sadat also told Rifai that under no circumstances should Jordan in any way become involved in Egypt's war of attrition because the Israelis would quickly overrun the East Bank and destroy the Jordanian army. Sadat also pushed aside Rifai's question about resuming normal diplomatic relations betweenJordan and Egypt. Sadat closed by telling Rifai that he would have some thoughts to convey to Hussein on what he could say to President Nixon about Egypt.
الصفحات الاولى:

جامـعة الـدول العـربية وقضايا امارات الخليـج العـربي (1945 - 1965) League Of Arab States And Issues Of Arab Gulf Emirates (1945 - 1965)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: رافد عبد الرضا عيلان الخفاجي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: كاظم باقر علي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2005
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This thesis aims at studying the role that the Arab League can do on the level of the Arab Gulf Emirates affairs from its emergence at 1945 till the abstraction of its projections to cooperate with Arab Gulf Emirates by the British occupation at 1965 and get the good and bad results that the Arab League and the Arab Gulf Emirates have achieved together according to the role of the League at the Arabian Emirates. It is necessary to shed the light on the stages that lead to the emergence of the Arab League and what its charter contains of subjects, aims, credits and what it has fulfilled from achievements on the political, economic, cultural and sociological level in order to compare all these achievements with what the Arab League achieves to the Arab Gulf Emirates, which has an important strategic and economy according to the British and the other western countries occupation. Since the Arab League has the ability to achieve more and more of the achievements on the Arabian level from its firm starting point, it has never regarded the Arab Gulf Emirates except after the and of 1952, when it has the opportunity to share some sort of cooperation with the Arab League, according to what the League part specifies the cooperation with other countries that did not be long to the Arab League, thus the Arab Gulf Emirates start to share and send their ambassadors ( Kuwait, Bahrain and Qutar ) to attend some of cultural, sociological and economical works of the Arab League … except some affairs that are related to politics and defense. Quickly, the League enlarges the level of its works in the Arab Gulf Emirates to have the job of defense the Arab area and protect it from the repeated Iranian claims. Also to have the ability to solve the disagreements that occurred in the area exemplified in the Iraqi - Kuwaiti crisis for which the league has a main role especially after the United Nations failure in finding a solution, so the Arab League adopted the issue and sent some Arabic armies to be on the boundaries between the Iraqi - Kuwait till the solution of this problem at 1963. In spite of that the Oman coast Emirates ( which is a part of the Arab Gulf Emirates ) stayed out of any contribution and cooperation with the Arab League till 1963. When mission Arab League visited the area in order to prevent any cooperation with Zion ( Israel ), the representatives concentrated on this point to make the members pay attention to an another problems in its report, such as foreign emigration to the Arab Gulf Emirates and the necessity to give support for the needed Emirates. The Council of the Arab League agreed to send mission of fact - finding and recommend the members to give fast supports to the area according to this specialists were sent to decide make a developed projects carried through five years. The British take the part of protecting their interests - counter after noticing the Arab seriously in giving supports, and they decide to put contrary projects to margins the Arab projects claiming that the Arab rulers agreement and the projects of giving supports of the Arab League within the British projects to develop the agreed Emirates.As a result of,in consequence of the Arab League on having a role in the Arab Gulf Emirates issues and it is its right to get ride of the British occupation on the area, so the British government increases its opposition to the projects of support. So, British sent Thomson in the time in which the general secretary started to visit the Oman coast Emirates through which he is able to take the agreement of the coast rulers to start the League projects at their Emirates, so Thomson threatened the rulers to punish them unless they cancel the agreement. The Arab League moved quickly to make the British face the situation and sent some experts Arabs to pave the way in order to make the Arab League carry on its projects. But, British do something to prevent those experts from arriving the Oman coast Emirates and removed ALSharja ruler who was the most insistent ruler to cooperate with the Arab League than others, so the order rulers were obliged to cancel their agreement on the Arab League project. The Arab League answer was unable to have actual steps to face the Britain insistence which was supported by Saudi Arabia that considered the intervention of Egypt and the Arab League in the Arab Gulf Emirates affairs as a direct threaten for her. According to the different views of Arab on one hand and the Arab - Britain difference the project is postponed as a whole. At last, it can be said that the Arab League, though doubting its suspended, has achieved some of its aims through trying to intervene itself in the Arab Gulf Emirates affairs, the League has shown the people of area that there is someone to protect and support them as possible as it could and to show them that they are not a lone to face problem but there is an Arabic nation stood by to face the problem with them. The League proved for British the Arab Gulf people is not a lone and for way from others but it was eager to get rid of his being a lone and being part of the Arab homeland and work to be higher and higher side by side with the Arab countries, but what is sorry for is that the Arab League tried to cooperate with Arab Gulf Emirates have proved the depth of Arab to Arab disagreement and the absence of cooperation between the League members, if any member talks frankly with the other and give him grantee not to intrude him self in the affairs of the other the topic would not be cancelled, that is to say, if Iraq and Egypt have talked frankly with Saudi Arabia about their secret aims and give the grantee not to intervene in its affairs the topic would not be cancelled, on the country, the Arab Gulf Emirates and the Arab League will get a lot of benefits, they would oblige British to regard the Arab Gulf Emirates when deciding any thing
الصفحات الاولى:

العلاقات الامريكية - الفلبينية في عهد الرئيس فردناند ماركوس 1965 - 1986 The American - Philippine Relationships During The Time Of Ferdinand Marcos 1965 - 1986

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: سعدون جلوب حسين
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: حميد احمد حمدان التميمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Far East and Pacific Ocean have been recently regarded as a turning point in the history of foreign relationships. These regions were the hottest ones after the second world war which was followed by the cold war. These regions also have opened a new page in the history of global conflicts related to the silent ( Cold war ) between the United States of American and the Soviet Union.At the beginning of the 1960s of the twentieth century , the world witnessed a real divergence in the foreign relationships. It is evident that the Far East and the Pacific Ocean played a very important role after the visit of president Richard Nixon to Beijing and Moscow in 1972. The period was called "Accord Period" which was followed be a reconciliation between those two poles.The period also witnessed many important global events that affected the relationship between America and the Soviet Union. Among those events were the American military intrusion in Vietnam war ( 1960 - 1973 ) , the Israeli - Arabian War ( 1967 ) , the oil crisis when the oil was used in wars as weapons in some Arabian countries. The Russian intrusion in Afghanistan ( 1979 ) and the end of Shah Iran's rule in 1979 also affected the relationships between the two powerful countries : America and the Soviet Union. The Arabian literary showed great interest in The Far East. Many academic studies have been done in this regard particularly about Japan , China , Vietnam and the Philippine.The thesis is divided into : An introduction , four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter presents an introduction to the American - Philippine relationships before Marcos's reign. That period witnessed a transitional time in which the Philippine had five presidential periods till the beginning of Marcos's coming to the rule in 1965. The chapter also sheds some lights on the independence of Philippine and it's political transition. It also refers to the re - construction of the Philippine after the second world war.The second chapter focuses on the American - Philippine political relationships during Marcos's time between the years 1965 to 1986. The chapter gives some details about Marcos's biography , his educational heritage and his participation in the second world war.The third chapter is devoted to the to the military American - Philippine relationships during the time of Marcos. It also presents information about the American desire to make the Philippine as an American military base. The Philippine become part of America's military agreements and that gave America the chance to achieve its goals. Among those agreements were the military ones. They include America's desire to help the Philippine. The fourth chapter puts focus on the economic relationship between America and The Philippine since the time of the independence of the Philippine , in 1946 to Marcos time. This chapter also deals with the economic reconstruction of the Philippine and the changes that affected the trade of sugar in the American markets. It shows the reason of the downfall of economy in Philippine.
الصفحات الاولى:

العلاقات العثمانية - النمساوية 1526 - 1606 : دراسة تاريخية Ottoman - Austrian Relations 1526 - 1606 Historical Study

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: باسم كسار كظم وادي البركات
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: متعب خلف جابر الريشاوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: المثنى
المستخلص: This study examined the relations of the Ottoman - Austrian from 1526 to 1606 and is an important period at the level of relations between the two countries, Ottoman Empire took a period of time suited to its geographic area, which was virtually the largest and longest in the history of nations and empires, reaching an area, which is at its highest power and expansion, over fourteen million square kilometer. It was brought to the attention of the world politically and religiously, when the sixteenth century witnessed a lot of events and developments, it was pivotal century, as witnessed very large shifts and adjustments at all levels and known as a century of military confrontations between the various parties, including the conflict and wars between the Ottoman Empire and Austria, which was part of the war relations between East and West, it was no doubt a century of huge transformations in political systems and direct contacts and missions between the limbs across the Mediterranean Sea and it was also a century of situational alliances and urgent benefits, therefore it was impossible to separate politics from religion, and in particular, what related to file conflict between the Ottoman Empire and the European powers, it was the Renaissance and the Reformation, and the geographical explorations and colonies spread all over the world. The reason for choosing the topic of Ottoman - Austrian relations from 1526 to1606, was Austria's significant role in standing in front of the largest empire in the world to reach to the heart of Europe and controlled it, so Austria stood bulwark in facing Ottoman policy and its progress towards the West, as well as the fact that that period was important for the age of the Ottoman Empire in particular and history in general when it lived in its strengths. To cover these events and developments between the Ottoman Empire and the Austrian this study is divided into the introduction ,four chapters ,a conclusion and summary in English, and the first chapter discusses the relations of the Ottoman - Austrian for the period 1526 - 1566 AD period of the reign of Sultan Suleiman the Magnificent, and this period represents summit relations in the military side between the two countries and Hungary and controlling it, was the main conflict in the battle of Mohacs in 1526 AD and followed by crawling toward the capital of Austria and siege in 1529 AD, this conflict between the two countries over Hungary coincided with the movement of religious reform that appeared in Europe, which weakened the Europeans to stand in front of the Ottomans and prepare for the opportunity to Ottoman to control many areas of European, but that, this period was not devoid of diplomacy between the two countries, which culminated in establishing several treaties during this period.The first was in 1533, and the Safavid threatened to the Ottomans Eastern Front had the impact in signing the peace treaty between the Ottomans and Austria, That treaty did not put an end to the hostilities attacks between the two sides, and raids on Hungary continued, and ended with the second Treaty in 1547. In spite of holding the treaty but hostilities continued on the border between the two countries till the death of Sultan Suleiman the Magnificent in 1566, and the second chapter represents the Ottoman - Austrian relations for the period 1566 to 1578 AD which was culminated in the reconciliation Treaty between the Ottoman Empire and Austria in 1568, and the Ottoman Emirate campaign on Astrakhan, which was under the Russian control during the reign of Ivan IV, but the campaign failed without controlling the Emirate, while an important event appeared during this period between the East and the West, it was the Crusader alliance, which was formed by Pope Pius V and Habsburg Empire and Venice, according to the Ottoman attack and occupation of Cyprus in 1570, culminated in the NATO victory EU on the Ottomans at the Battle of Lepanto in 1571, which was the most famous war for the defeat of the Ottomans during the sixteenth century, as Chapter III confirmed Ottoman - Alhabsburgah relations (1578 - 1593) AD, which includes Ottoman - English convergence who appeared during this period, because of its impact on the Habsburg joint collaboration between the Ottomans and England in the hit Habsburg Catholics through military support to the Protestants who formed the strength to stand in front of the emperors of Habsburg in all regions of the Romania holy empire, as focused on the axis of an important issue during this period that had occupied the throne of the Polish European circles during the second half of the sixteenth century, and entered into the competition between Austria, Ottomans and Russia. The fourth chapter has dealt with the Ottoman - Alhabsburgah long war in the Balkans (1593 - 1606) AD. In which Europeans showed two important aspects. The first was the principle of the alliance between Aldanobia Emirates and their alliance with the Emperor of Austria, and the second is the development of the military side of the Europeans, which enabled them to the rhythm of several military defeats the Ottomans, at a time when the Ottoman Empire lived in turmoil and chaos as a result of internal rebellions taking place in some regions and Affiliates, in addition to the Safavid threat which began to threaten the eastern front. The result of this has made Ottoman Empire occur in war on two fronts. So it was eventually forced to sign the treaty peace between the Ottoman Empire and Austria and it was named Stafatourk peace in 1606 AD, which showed through its provisions the weakness that appeared on the Ottoman Empire during the early seventeenth century through the provision of dangerous concessions at various levels, made it represents the beginning of the collapse of the Ottoman stature and strength in Europe. At the end of the research we reach the conclusion that the Ottoman Empire at the end of the sixteenth century began vulnerable than it was in the beginning of the century after it reached the maximum of its glory and greatness, while Austria began to develop its military operations as a result of the development in its military capabilities, so that enabled it to repel many Ottoman attacks and made them give big losses. In the end we can say that the beginning of the seventeenth century saw the emergence of many great empires, including the empire of Austria, which became comparable to the Ottoman Empire in all parts of the world
الصفحات الاولى:

ازمة الرهائن في ايران 1979 - 1981 The Hostage Crisis In Iran 1979 - 1981

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: زينب صبري مهدي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: كاظم باقر علي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: It led the strategic and economic importance for Iran to pay big countries like the United States to direct its attention to the interests of almost constant in this region, and this is what led to the treatment of Iran's special treatment, especially during the reign of Mohammad Reza Pahlavi (1941 - 1979) as it was aimed at creating a system to be a regional imperialist, based on her eastern shores of the Arabian Gulf in particular, and the Middle East in general.Came the American hostage crisis, which was the premier event in the strained political relations between the United States and Iran after the shah's fall at the hands of religious 1979 Foundation, was take over the Government of the Islamic Revolution in Iran, marking the beginning of a new phase of relations with the United States, marked by an escalation of tension that reached peak of attacking Iranian students the American embassy in Tehran in November 4, 1979, and seizing him and his employees as well as their documents, as this crisis lasted 444 days, and immediately after the storming of the students embassy were 52 Americans were held employees hostage to them, it has been the move came in response to allow the governmentAmerican Shah to enter for treatment of cancer, although the Iranian government warning of this act, as well as put an end to US influence in Iran; and strike a powerful United States and humiliating to push to end the rule of the Shah officially; and pre - empt any attempt to return to the rule of Iran, again, has the US government made it clear that allowing the entry of the Shah of treatment, required by humanitarian considerations. On 18 December, Ayatollah Khomeini declared that the hostages will be treated spies by the Iranian Islamic court in the event of non - delivery of the United States, the shah to Iran for trial, and this was an important condition for ending the crisis with its requirement as well as the confiscation of the Shah's assets in US banks for the benefit of Iran, and an apology America openly about the grave mistakes against Iran, has supported the Ayatollah Khomeini's students perform this when he said, "if they refuse extradition will take too much."As for the Shah he has left the United States in January to settle in Panama and then left in March 1980 to Egypt width of President Anwar Sadat, and in this period, the United States did not hesitate a moment ago hostage, seeking to secure their liberation in various peaceful means and sometimes forced at other times and I went in it to the extreme, as it sought to negotiate with the Iranian side, to secure the release of its nationals, tried to resort to peaceful settlements (political, diplomatic and judicial), as the United States has resorted after the hostage - taking to the Security Council, and engineered from a decision condemns the taking of hostages, and asks release, and instructed the Council Secretary - General of the United Nations, the formation of a fact - finding committee in Iran, but they are not successful in their work, the United States also resorted to the international Court of Justice, requesting the issuance of a provisional orders them to release the hostages, and the court complied with the US request, and issued its verdict on 15 / 12/1979, which it decided to Iran in violation of the Vienna Conventions on diplomatic relations 1961, relations consulate in 1963, and demanded that the court Iran to re embassy and US consulates buildings to the control of the United States, and immediate release of the hostages, but Iran does not heed the decision of the court in question, as failed attempts similar made America through the many parliamentary and personal missions of US, and when these attempts failed last resorted to coercive means through of the trade embargo and the freezing of assets of economic sanctions, as the United States decided to ban the import of Iranian oil, has also freeze the assets of Iran and property in US territory, in all the American banks; as Carter of trying to use force to rescue the hostages in April 24, 1980 aircraft tasked landed to carry out the rescue in the desert near Tehran, but the airline Marines toward Tehran ended in disaster in the desert of Tabas in eastern Iran, did not solve this crisis the death of the Shah in Egypt July 27, 1980, but lasted until the US political efforts went strongly to end the crisis
الصفحات الاولى:

العلاقات الروسية - الامريكية 1783 - 1867 The Russian - American Relations 1783 - 1867

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: منتهى صبري مولى المنصوري
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: مشعل مفرح ظاهر العونان
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The research tackles the "Russian - American relations from 1783 to 1867". The period is of historical importance for the two states which has never been dealt with by any Iraqi or Arab studies. The research is divided into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter includes " The Roots of the Russian - American Relations Till 1801". It consists of three sections : the first examines the early Russian expansion : "The Roots of the Russian - American Relations Till 1775"; the second section studies "the Russian Position of the American War of Independence from 1775 to 1783 and its Effect on the Russian - American Relations"; and the last section deals with "the Establishment of the Russian - American Company in 1799 and its Role in strengthening the Russian Presence in the Western Coast of the Pacific Ocean and the Support of Orthodox Missionary" which identifies the relations between the two states through this company. The second chapter, entitled “The Russian - American Diplomatic Relations from 1803 to 1823”, studies the start of the diplomatic relations between the two states. The chapter is divided into two sections : the first one deals with “ The Russian - American Diplomatic Relations from 1803 to 1815”, whereas the focus of the second section is “ The American - British War of 1812 and its Influence on the Russian - American Relations”. The third chapter is devoted to study “The American Isolation Policy of 1823 to 1850 and its Effect on the Russian - American Relations”. Thefirst section studies “Monroe Doctrine and its Effect on the Russian - American Relations”. The second is entitled “ The Russian - American Treaty 1824 - 1834”, whereas the third section comes under the title “The Russian - American Negotiations 1834 - 1850 and the Renovation Attempt of the Treaty’s Fourth Item”.The fourth chapter deals with “Russian - American Approximation 1850 - 1867”. Its first section is entitled “ The Crimean War and its Effect on Russian - American Relations 1853 - 1856”, whereas the second section tackles the “Russian Position towards the United States of America during the American Civil War 1861 - 1865”. The last section comes under the title “ The Sale of Russian America in 1867 and its Influence on Russian - American Relations” which forms the end of the relations. The following are the ultimate conclusions of the research : 1. There was a wide Russian expansion towards Siberia since the era of Peter the biggest especially after the discovery of leather as the number of Russian explorers increased reaching finally to the northwest coast of the Pacific Ocean which became later a closed Russian trade area according to the first decree of Tsar Pawl in 1799 with the establishment of the Russian - American company which became later a center for Russian - American relations. 2. It has been noted from the Russian expansion policy that after including the northwest coast of the Pacific Ocean it starts to converge with the United States of America because of the Russian - British3. competition policy in those American areas. After the eastern Russian expansion towards Asian Siberia and the coming of Russian voyagers and explorers to the American northwest coast, Russia starts to weaken the British presence in these areas through the American independence war in 1774 after Russia taking the neutral policy. 4. The Russian - American company, which was established by Russian tradesmen with the support of Tsar Pawl the first in 1799, contributed in establishing the Russian presence in the northwest coast of the Pacific Ocean which became known later as Russian America. 5. The holy alliance was one of the reasons for announcing Monroe principle in 1823 which came in response to Tsar’s decree in 1821 about the northwest coast of the Pacific Ocean. The years following the issuance of Monroe principle witnessed tensions in the Russian - American Relations which ended with the treaty of 1824 to declare the rights of the two states concerning the north coast. 6. One of the most important conclusions is that the Crimean war ended the Russian presence in the northwest coast of the Pacific Ocean after selling Alaska to the United States because of the bankruptcy of the Russian - American company and the inability of Russia to protect its colonies. In addition the war ended the Russian - American competition in the Pacific Ocean
الصفحات الاولى:

الولايات المتحدة الامريكية ويوغسلافيا : دراسة في العلاقات السياسية 1948 - 1963 United States Of America And Yugoslavia : A Study Of The Political Relations 1948 - 1963

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: علاء رزاك فاضل
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ناظم رشم معتوق
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The American - Yugoslavian political relation ( 1948 - 1963 ) was regarded as one of the best relations in the world and that was noticeable in the political arena in Europe in particular and the world in general. Those who study the events that occurred during the cold war can realize the evident role the two Countries played in the world affairs and how that was reflected on nature of political relation between them. The fact that Yugoslavia was a Communist Country after the second world war influenced its own political relations with the United States of America which was , in its turn , leading the imperial thought because of the obvious differences in attitudes , interests and political and economic regimes in the two Countries. The study is divided into an introduction , four Chapter , conclusions and appendixes. Chapter one is devoted to describe the political relation between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Serbs , Croats and Slovenes which constituted the nucleus of the Federal People's Republic of Yugoslavia which was established in 1945. That relation continued till 1948 and witnessed times of rapprochement and alienation because of the ideological differences in the two countries. Chapter two studies the political relation between the two Countries after expulsion of Yugoslavia from the Cominform at the middle of 1948 till end of 1952 because Yugoslavia's departure from Moscow strengthened its relation with the United States of America. Chapter three deals with the American - Yugoslavian political relation during the first Eisenhower administration (1953 - 1957) when the events in the region highly affected those relations especially Balkan Pact , the problem of Trieste and resumption of Soviet - Yugoslav relations. Chapter four focuses on the relation from 1957 to 1963 which was a result of the attempt of the Yugoslavian government to follow the policy of neutrality which led to tension with the American government especially after Belgrade conference in 1961. That situation Continued till the end of 1963. The conclusion is about the findings the researcher arrived at. The most important conclusions that the study arrived at were : the relation between the two countries was characterized by rapprochement at one time and alienation at the other. The Soviet Union and the fact that Yugoslavia was a Communist state were decisive factors behind that. Also, the fact that America was the leader of the capitalist world due to its military and economic power did not affect tendencies and directions of the foreign policy of Yugoslavia and it Proved many times that it was not affected by the American aids to change its positions
الصفحات الاولى:

نشاط الولايات المتحدة الاميركية في ايران 1926 - 1941م United States America Acitvity In Iran (1926 - 1941)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: مؤيد عويد جبير الصالحي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: جاسم محمد هايس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The American influence in Iran is of great importance through the diversity and multiplicity of ways and methods of the United States to prove its supreme interests, and that the missionaries US in Iran had been settled and established religious and educational institutions and worked through her missionary, educational, medical and during its long able to obtain religious institutions and learning and even building hospitals, so the United States has continued to prove and promote their interests through economic missions in order to strengthen the relations between them have been reinforced by the influence through economic mission Dr. Arthur Milsbo 1922 - 1927 Mission has formed a quantum leap in US relations and the Iranian Maatmr to increase US support in Iran and the entry of foreign companies to Iran, and especially those that worked in the field of construction of the railway project.The interests of the United States and increase its influence through attention to the cultural aspect and relics in Iran and try to get him to exercise diplomatic pressure on those other countries, and through the rush of representatives of American museums to Iran, especially after the orientations of the National Rdachah by highlighting the heritage of Iranian culture that date back before Islam, continuing the work of those museums, including the Chicago Museums and Museums Institute of Oriental Studies and Metropolitan Museums, the rescue of American influence through trade agreements between the two countries. Therefore, we find that the US diplomatic mission and its role in proving the US commercial interests with Iran in the import of Iranian carpets and certain agricultural materials and food - for - export dried United States motor vehicles and parts. In 1935 was an important event strained Iran's relations the US through the Iranian Jaafar Jalal diplomat to drive quickly in Maryland US, which led the diplomatic book on violating effect, but after know it was released was an apology from the governor of Maryland, and this incident marked the beginning of tension through the deployment of US newspapers and eating incident ridicule and attacks on diplomatic and that the Shah of Iran, and therefore After a series of meetings between officials of the two countries and make an apology to Iran for the incident. Iranian newspapers and appeared attacking the Nile against the United States, but US newspapers took publishes news and sarcastically. That incident and to make matters worse by an American newspapers published articles about the Shah of Iran has claimed that he does not represent a descendant of the kings of Iran and that he was working in a stable British consulate in Tehran and continued US newspapers to publish news about the Shah of Iran and cynically complete, the United States does not have the force of the American newspapers , has taken even French newspapers published articles about Reza Shah, this led to the Rdachah sever diplomatic ties between the two countries, and the withdrawal of staff of the Iranian embassy in Washington the other hand remained standing US charge d'affaires in Iran, as a result of tension that diplomatic relations was reflected in the crisis, the US Postal publications occurrence of which was sent to ambassadors and consuls of foreign countries and participants, the lack of distribution and blocked Iran these publications for a long time and on the track set up negotiations between the parties from the other side has Rdachah liquidation owners missionaries American of institutions and schools teaching hospitals that were widespread in Iran, and during the negotiations and for the return diplomatic relations and allow for mail that regards the American publications of magazines and newspapers, as well as it has crystallized international factors contributed to the occurrence of the Second World War, the geographical shape to Iran, and at the outbreak of the second scientific war and the announcement of Iran's strict neutrality Walter announced Shah policy, Iran has become a focus of attention of the warring states Given global developments of the war and Mashklt United States of sterile Iran's geographical importance in strengthening its influence and moves faster and is strongly supported by the strong economy and its industry leading companies as well leave the isolation policy Aldoulihh and enter the war alongside the Allies and the adoption of resolutions of the Congress and vote on a law that loan and leasing
الصفحات الاولى:

الاوضاع العامة في اليابان (1972 - 1989) : دراسة تاريخيه The General Situation In Japan (1972 - 1989)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: سحر عباس عبد الحسن النجار
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فوزي خلف شويل
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Japan is one of the major industrialized nations that have contributed to the development of many developing countries, the economy and comes with an introduction of donor countries in the world this study was to shed light on the nature of the internal political system and the impact of this system on the general situation in Japan, which include economic and social situation and came thesis under conditions title public in Japan (1972 - 1989) and the thesis consisted of five chapters. each chapter contains three sections, preceded by an introduction and a conclusion. Because the study focused on the subject of the political process in Japan in terms of holding elections and forming a government by the winning party and winning the majority of votes, in the elections that take place every four years, according to the text of the Constitution of Japan in 1947. General political study addressed in Japan (1945 - 1972) and was keen researcher to give historical information brief on the political situation and economic and social in Japan before 1972 in order to create the reader does not accommodate subsequent study classes, and discussed the thesis subject of political forces in Japan after the surrender of Japan in 1945 Japan and they happen for the first time in the political datable under foreign occupation, and also touched on the most important political forces in Japan for the period (1945 - 1955) where he threw light on the most important political forces which have contributed to the leadership of the political system in Japan at the time and was able to rebuild Japan the new post - World war II, through cooperation with the occupation authorities, led by the United States. In 1955, the Liberal Democratic Party came to power and the study focused on discussing the political achievements of the party, which was in the forefront of recovery in Okinawa 1972. the third the One of the main topics discussed by the thesis is the oil crisis and its impact on the political situation and economic and social (1972 - 1978), where she studied the general political situation in Japan under the government of Tanaka Kakuei (1972 - 1974) and talked about the internal politics of Prime Minister Tanaka it was to clarify the impact of this policy on the internal situation and the position of the opposition political parties against the government's policy, and touch on the most important measures taken by the government following the first oil crisis, especially in the field of foreign policy in an attempt to get out of the crisis with minimal losses, so it has taken a series of political steps bold in the field of foreign policy, which was discussed in the second topic, which came under the foreign policy of Prime Minister Tanaka and its impact on the internal political and economic situation in Japan, address, and reviewed the researcher results of this policy and its role in achieving political gains and economic in favor of Japan, the study examined the political situation under the government of Miki Takeo (1974 - 1978) and the most important internal political developments that resulted from the first political scandal taking place in Japan after World war II, where he is accused former Prime Minister Tanaka, and shed light on the implications of this issue at the local and global levels. In addition to the above - mentioned study deals with the Liberal Democratic Party, LDP reforms and their impact on the internal political situation in Japan (1976 - 1980) and internal policy pursued by Prime Minister Fukuda and the position of the opposition political parties to the government as well as to talk about the most important political achievements and economic, which has during the period of his government, and foreign policy pursued by the government with the neighboring countries, particularly China. They also discussed Japan's economic growth and its impact on the internal political situation in Japan (1980 - 1985). It was reviewing the issue of Japan's trade surplus and the impact of this surplus in foreign relations as well as its impact on the internal political situation and how the Government of Japan has dealt with caution in order not to strain relations with the countries at that time were also internal political explanation during the government of Suzuki Znko (1980 - 1982) and touched study the subject of political parties opposed to the ruling party and the main political orientations in addition to the issue of the fiscal deficit in the state budget with said the most important economic measures taken by the government for the fiscal deficit to address that focused on the study reviewed the most important political achievements and economic and social Prime Minister Yasuhiro Nakasone, who is the most prominent prime ministers of Japan and the his role in the modernization of INA - scale Japan and make it the country's number one. And dropped the study highlights the general situation in Japan (1985 - 1989), where she spoke about the internal political situation in Japan (1985 - 1989) and reviewed the most important political events that took place on the internal politics of Japan, particularly the issue of political corruption dubbed naming hiring scandal which shook the pillars of the liberal Democratic party, LDP government, also discussed the issue of the new consumption tax imposed by the Government Nakasone to address the fiscal deficit in the state budget, as well as discuss the sex scandal raised about Prime Minister Uno and how they have contributed to these events in the loss of the liberal Democratic party, LDP election and was the beginning the end of the loss of the majority, dominated by which to judge since 1955.
الصفحات الاولى:

السياسة الامريكية تجاه لاوس (1964 - 1975) American Policy Towards Laos 1964 - 1975

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: فريال صبري علي العيداني
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ابراهيم فنجان صدام الامارة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: اصبحت لاوس نقطة محورية في التوترات الدولية منذ بروز الحرب الباردة بين المعسكرين الشرقي والغربي واتساع النشاط الشيوعي في الهند الصينية، وهو ما دعا الولايات المتحدة بالعمل على وقف انتشار الشيوعية، التي بدات بالتنامي في لاوس منذ الاستقلال الذي منح للبلاد عام
الصفحات الاولى:

الاوضاع الاجتماعية والاقتصادية في لواء العمارة (1958 - 1963) : دراسة تاريخية The Social And Economy Conditions In Amarah Province (1958 - 1963)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ذو الفقار فرحان حسين صالح
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عمار محمد كاظم فرج
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The province witnessed wide changes included social and economic conditions after the revolution July14, 1958 , which has worked to end the manifestations of underdevelopment and confirmed the application objectives of the revolution in terms of construction and development , and conduct qualitative changes through what happened to remember the achievements immortalized in history over the years , Although most of the academic studies and research started on the brigade did not deal with that time period, where it was an important turning at the level of the history of Major points. And the researcher most important achievements and historical events that came in the revolution of July 14, 1958 was divided into an introduction and preface, three chapters and a conclusion Highlights include the findings of the study. Researcher occur in the boot on the social and economic conditions in the period before the revolution confined between 1953 - 1958 in terms of the rural community and its components from the Senate and the feudal procurator , peasants and city community and migration from the countryside to the city, Eating for health and education situation and the obstacles they faced in spite of the effort made by the Board of ages , but he did not suffice. The economic situation has been confined to talk about the other side of the agricultural wealth , the industrial side represents a factor of milling plants and bricks and milk. The focus in the first chapter on the social conditions during the research period 1958 - 1963 province community in the city and countryside and religious composition , and the most important changes that have occurred after July 14 , and the most prominent of the laws and their impact on society in terms of the development of education and health institutions.And singled out the second chapter on the economic developments in the province 1958 - 1963 represented the agrarian reform law and what is the nature lands of province formations agrarian reform law and the application of the reform law by seizing land , pumps and the creation of peasant associations and constraints interface agrarian reform as problems seizure and distribution, and the impact of reform on the farmer law process and the most important irrigation projects that have worked on completion , and the migration of peasants to the cities and productivity developments.And ensure that the third quarter industrial situation and what are the industrial sectors that have spread them food industries and divided into private sector milling plants and sugar mills and plants in the dairy sector and the coefficient of sweets and plants for soft drinks Alekhala private sector and the coefficient of curry , and construction industries the brick industry and industry slab and plaster craft and private sector industries , which contains a collection of ancient primitive industries that rely on the skill of the workforce and industry the pipes and floor mats and weaknesses boats , And appeared in that period of Amara Industry Corporation in terms of establishment and the most important economic effects that resulted in its establishment as a laboratory bricks and commercial activity for internal and external trade , markets and smuggling trade and the chamber of commerce and transportation routes , river and land transportation.It turns out that the researcher historical period between the year 1958 - 1963 was marked advancement in the social and economic situation in the province of Amara, as a result of the big efforts provided and represented by the following results : 1 - Revolutionary government , particularly concentrated in Iraq in general and in the province of Amara on the conditions of the countryside and the suffering of underdevelopment and neglect at all levels , and the only way is to re - work in the organization and interest in peasant life in terms of the distribution of agricultural land and to provide the necessary farming inputs and work to end the control of the Senate Squires who became dominated by large areas of farmland , which is where the farmer lived the worst days of his life and the resulting continuous migration to the cities.2 - Revolutionary government sought through the issuance of the interim constitution , which included a set of laws aimed at Equality between the debtor 's sons and the countryside which eliminates tribal claims , as amended, which was roosting on the issuance of the poorer classes in the countryside, and the issuance of Agrarian Reform Law No. 30 of 1958 , which is the turning point of the community law countryside by identifying agricultural areas and distributed to farmers , but this law has encountered great difficulties in the province because of limited resources and pressures Squires resulted in the deterioration of agricultural production and increasing migration of peasants to the cities.3 - The province entered a new phase after the revolution of July 14, 1958 was characterized by freedom of expression and the establishment of political parties and mass of organizations supporting role Authority attempt to ensure the success of the goals of the revolution especially with Provisions of laws that achieve the principle of justice between workers and owners of crafts , but it faced the ambitions of political parties and conflict Remote competition the objectives and principles of the revolution , which called for them because the conditions of the community began to go wrong.4 - Social structure of the community in various religions was and still reflect the extent of cohesion and unity among the members of the society have prevailed more in support of the revolution July 14 through their participation in the holidays , events and organizations to join the Republic.5 - The reality of education improvement in the province after the July 14 and the evolution of a lot because of the efforts made by the Provincial region represented Executor Abdul Hadi Saleh, who is widely credited with the completion of most of the projects in the province , especially the development of the educational sector , and make it compatible with the new phase characterized by changes on all social and economic levels.
الصفحات الاولى:

قضية التبت ومواقف الدول الكبرى والاقليمية منها (1949 - 1959) The Issue Of Tibet And The Attitudes Of The Great And Regional Powers (1959 - 1949)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: منتصر حسن دهيرب
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فرقد عباس قاسم المياحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The Issue of Tibet is one of the most important Issues, which Occupied the Formal and Informal world Opinion during the Fifth decade of last Century, Tibet Issue is Regarded as an Important Issue because it Started with the beginning of the Cold war between the two Camps of the Communist and Capitalist after World War II, and the Success of the in control of the General Rule in 1949 Chinese Communist Party in taking Power in 1949 after its Success to move Kuomintang Party away to Taiwan. The Researcher Chose the Year 1949 as a Start for the Thesis title because on that Year the Communist Party has Controlling on Power in China, and his Leaders Started calling for the unification of China and entering Regions and one of them was Tibet to Chinese State Authorities. The end of the Thesis was in the Year 1959, which was the Year Tibet Revolution happened in Tibet Revolution was against Chinese existence. The Revolution ended by Escape of the Dalai Lama outside Tibet and asking for Asylum in India. Moreover Tibet Leadership has Succeeded in showing their Issue to the United National Assembly and getting an International Decision to Condemn china. The Thesis is divided into an Introduction and four Chapters and a conclusion. The introduction included general explanation for the Thesis and its way of building. The Titled of the first Chapter was (General Situation in Tibet 1900 - 1949). And it included three Sections. The First Section Referred to the Geographic, Economic and Social Importance in addition to the beginning of the Political establishment of Tibet. the second section that indicated to political developments in Tibet during period of the British Occupation in 1904 and Chinese Occupation in 1910, while the third section has included political developments during period of independence (1912 - 1949), the Second Section had title (Chinese claim with returning Tibet and attitudes of regional and great States 1949 - 1951). it consist of three Section , first Section indicates to Chinese threats with re - annexation of Tibet and of great and regional States. The Second Section that expresses to shuttle fighters for TibetanDelegation in an attempt to avoided their country the risk of Chinese occupation for Eastern Tibet areas (Chamdo) and force Tibetan Government to inter in bilateral negotiation with china. It also dealt with attitudes of regional and great states of the occupation. Third Section had title (internal political developments in Tibet and attitudes of great and regional States of them )1951 - 1958 that consists of two sections first section indicated to bilateral relations between local government of Tibet and Chinese government this Section dealt with refusal of local government for Chinese administrative procedures in AL Tibet and opposition against Chinese existence on both formal and popular levels the second section dealt with first Tibetan revolution against Chinese Authorities have implemented in two provinces Kham and Amdo. It also dealt with Military and logistics Aids that USA Intelligence (CIA) have Provided to Tibetan Resistance. The four section had title (political developments in Tibet and international and regional attitude of them (10 of march 1959 - November 1959) consists of two sections : first section dealt with second Tibetan revolution in 1959 that has reported direct reasons to starting revolution and procedures that popular Chinese government has taken to its suppression the second section indicated to regional and international attitude of Tibetan revolution the conclusion has included the most important results that have reached the thesis
الصفحات الاولى:

علاقات ايران مع الكيان الصهيوني 1949 - 1969

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: فرات عبد الحسن كاظم
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فوزي خلف شويل
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2000
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Iran is a state lies at the east of the Arab homeland with long international sides. Where as the Zionist is a conquered state fixed in the hemi of the Arab homeland, which is represented by Palestine with force by the west. Beside , this state is being the more dangerous threatening the Arab countries and a wall upon this it's "east - west unity.From this point , the real dangerous relationship of Iran and the Zionist state appears , especially and after it's passing for an accurate lines which increase the Arab - Zionist conflict. The period ( 1949 - 1969 ) was chosen from the Iran - Zionist entity relationship subject for it sensivity with Palestine issue and the other sides of Arab - Zionist conflict.The study began in the year ( 1949) because this year represented the temp ls of the Zionists entity gain ,Iran government confession and this is ascertained during few months. i.e. a real relation between the tow states took place during lees than one year, exactly in 1950. From that time, an important stage of relation history began. The study is ended in the year 1969 because it represents an agitated stage of the history of that relation , after it becomes more confirmly , and reaches the participated alliance in so many other aspects. The stag that follows this period has it own special characteristics thatrequires an independent study , in which the united states appears as it get great benefits and so many entrances into the middle east after England announcement in 1968 to draw bake from the Arab gulf in 1971.The study consists of an introduction, prologue, three chapters, and the The prologue deals with the history roots of Jew's in Iran, and their bests and activities to penetrate in it's life aspects. The way that paned for Zionist institution to play a vital role in helping Zionists in 1948.The first chapter 'deals with the, Zionist entity to tempts get Iran admission in the period ( 1949 - 1953). So these tempest began in 1949 Le. a year after the' help of Zionist entity. The Zionists get this confession in 1950, on the basic of the event. We deal also with the reactions, and effects, in and out, and the illustration of the end of these relations in the period (1951 - 1953).The second chapter deals with relations of Iran and the Zionist entity since the coming of shah Mohammed Radha Bahlwi , and after the fall of Musaddiq government where Zionist activity appears and works with it ally on surrounding Arab - unity by the surrounded states like Iran , Turkey and Ethiopia, especially and after the rising of the Arab voice by Egypt - Syria unity , the held of united - Arab Republic , and the brooking out of 14 - July revolution in Iraq. The third chapter contains the development of relation between Iran and Zionist entity in the period (1960 - 1969) and the sides oflran announcement confession of Zionist entity in the year 1960, Beside the study of the development of that relations in many aspects. And Iran attitude towards June - 5 - 1967 war, and its effects on the relation of the two stales as well as Iran policy towards Zionists when British announces its intention to draw back with it forces from Arab - Gulf land in 1968. So this is really done with the coming of 1970. Finally, the Zionist's attitude by burning Al - Masjid Al - Aqsa and it re~ections on the relations of the to states.The end contains the most important conclusions which this study reaches.The most important conclusion are - Iran is the second Islamic - state after Turkey confesses Zionists entity on the base of the events of the year 1950. It is considered the first state in the Middle East makes various relations with the Zionists entity. - Iran is the vital source of oil for Zionists entity, hence they penetrated into the Iranian military - force and make closed relation with the major leader of pahlwi - system So, those leaders make so many visits to the Zionists entity. The Zionists were mediators in American equipments sale - processes for Iran , and they gate a lot of money from these processes. This money increased the Economical ability of there illegal state. Shah system proved that it is a good ally for Zionists entity as well as , It helps the Zionists entity with their aggression against Arab - unity by giving them oil and don't permit Arab's to use the oil as a weapon in the battle. The most closed relations between 'Shah system and the Zionist entity come after June war.
الصفحات الاولى:

العلاقات الاسرائيلية الرومانية 1948 - 1973 : دراسة تاريخية Fhe Israeli - Rumanian Relations Since 1948 To1971 A Historical Study

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عماد مكلف عسل عبد البدران
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فوزي خلف شويل
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2005
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The researcher has chosen the ·~Israeli - Rumanian r ations Since 1948 to 1973" to be the topic of his thesis b cause it is an outstanding period in the history of relations between the two sides. Moreover, Rumania had diverged from her communist allies in her view towards the Arabian - Israeli conflict which was embodied in the wars of 1948, 1956,1967, and 1973. Rumania, also, established wide relations with Israel, Son1ething which no other communist state did. The thesis falls into an introduction, four chapters, and a conclusion. Chapter one deals with the circumstances of Rumanian Jews Since the Seventeenth century up to the establishment of Israel in 1948. It tackles their economic, political, and social circumstances since 1882 thereafter, then it focuses on the reasons behind their migration to Palestine up to 1948.Chapter two is devoted to follow the Rumanian Jews migration to Palestine till the fourth Arabian - Israeli war in 1973 and the consequences of this war, it investigates he reasons obstacles and influence at the migration on the elations between Israel and Rumania with the beginning f the n1assive n1igration during the years 1948 to 1951. he chapter, then, follows up the developn1ent and tumbling of the migration up to 1960. After that it studies t e reason behind its decrease up to 1973. The third chapter concerns itself with the political I raeli - Rumanian relations in (1948 to 1973). It 1 vestigates the reason of their improvement since 1948 up t the third Arabian - Israeli war in 1967. Then, it sheds ht on the Rumanian attitude changed up to 1969 when e bassies between the two sides were exchanged it £ cuses on the new Rumanian tendencres in (1970 to1 73), i.e. the first years of the reign of Anwar Al - Sadat, th Egyptian president, and the role and influence of these te dencies on the Rumanian - Arab relations. It also in estigates the Rumanian attitude towards the Israeli - A bian conflict in the United Nations Organization. The fourth and last chapter studies the economic Isr eli - Rumanian relations since 1948 to 1973, i.e. sinc e emergence of Israel up to the signature of the most 1portant economic agreement between the two sides in pril 1967. Then, it gaves on to follow these relations up the October war in 1973.On of the most outstanding finindings that the research mes up with is the difference between the Rumanian ws and the lJ.S.S.R and its communist allies towards Israel - Arabian conflict, and Israel's success to win mania to its side. The Ru1nanian policy was that ofb rgain between the conflicting parties, which aimed at g tting more interests from interests from the two sides in a ition to playing an eminent diplomatic role which gave (Rumania) an influence in the conflict dimensions
الصفحات الاولى:

موقف الجمهورية الفرنسية الرابعة من القضية الفلسطينية 1945 - 1958 : دراسة تحليلية The Attitude Of The French Fourth Republic Towards Palestinian Problem 1945 - 1958

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عماد مكلف عسل عبد البدران
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فائق حاكم عيسى الغانم
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2000
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The fourth chapter handles the culture sides as, in particular , The administration , The governance regimes , the economic development and the country including the traditions and customs.
الصفحات الاولى:

العلاقات الهندية - السوفيتية 1964 - 1971 Indo - Soviet Relations 1964 - 1971

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: حسام احمد شوقي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: خولة طالب لفتة الحميداوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The Indian - Soviet relations during 1964 - 1971 dielnt go on asingle frequency , but influenced by the duration of the study anumber of internal , regional and international factors which hav had an impact on the nature of relations if the relations between the two countries after the Lal Bahadur Shastri judgment continued evolving relations which were at the time of Jawahar Lal Nehru evolution which up to amaximum gradesin September 1964 , when the soviet union gives the deal that aircraft ( MiG 21 ) so that India be the first illegitimate country gives these aircraft by the soviet union that relations soon collided alter the political leader ship in the soviet union October 1964 with the arrival Bretiv to the post of first secretary of the communist parties and Alex Kosygin to the post of primeminister and the dedaration of the new leadership to take the new policy in south Asia and to try timprove relations with Pakistan after the tension that with essed dvring the reign of khro show this policy , which Anzmt evident in the second Kashmir war in 1965 and the pursuit of the soviet union convergence between the two parties and resolve the issue through a meeting sponsored by the soviet and the success of this thin is the success of the new policy that is followed by the soviets in the region. The Study also found the impact of internal events of India on the nature of relations between the two countries and reflected positively or negatively where Ibdia witnessed during the study period afood crisis decimated Ibdia making Indihira Gandhi request economic assistance from the united states thatit reflected on there lations with the soviet union , especially with the after soviet rapprochement with pakitan to withess in 1967 and 1968 strained relations between the two parties ont seen therug hout many ears ago that the tension reached its maximumgrades in July 1968 when the soviet union was awarded ar arms deals Pakistan , which raised poputar discontent and navigation with in India and the voices of rapproch ement with the united states the us response to the soviet rappro chemsnt with Pakistan. This tension quickly goes away in 1969 arrival of soviet relations with china to the stayes of crisis and exploit the united states of America and adopted anew policy china trend known as the ( opening - up policy ) by Pakistan president yahya khan whenhe feared both India and the soviet union from triple - column appearance ( united states - china - Pakistan ) which led to arappro chement between India and the soviet union this convergerce desire soviets that is reflected on the described bilateral treaty between the two countries , but Indira Gandhi refused to do sobecause of its adherence to the policy the Non - Aligned followsd by India after independence , but then Irealized Indhira Gandhi that the lack of tinkering with the treadty will lead to breach the military balance in favor of Pakistan , especially since the situation in East Pakistan was waring caution - pakis tans new this year 1971 withessed ahistoric event India signed abolateral treaty with the soviet union was the first its kind to be held by India with major coutries after independence
الصفحات الاولى:

دور الولايات المتحدة الامريكية السياسي في الشؤون الداخلية لليونان 1943 - 1949 The Political Role Of United States Of America In Interior Affairs Of Greece (1943 - 1949)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: وائل جبار جودة النداوي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: رغد فيصل عبد الوهاب نفاوة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Greece posed a major part of eastern Europe ,that it lies in the western southern side of Europe continent, and extends along within the Balkan Semi island from the Ionic sea till Aegean sea, as a result of that geography position so Greece has become represent a strategic position to be a target to colonial states, Greece is a pivot joint between east and west , therefore it has a pivot influence in the development of political events in the Balkan.The government of USA didn’t pay any attention to Greece before World War II, but during this was USA had sympathized with it, especially after the Italian invasion to Greece 1940, the USA government assisted Greece through the American Red Cross, but the victories of Greece on Italia didn’t last long, soon the Nazi forces had advanced to invade Greece on April 1941, this event impacted on changing the situation tremendously after the declare of president Franklin Rosfelt to take part in the war on Dec. 1941, the American concern with Greece get increased.After the Nazi invasion of Greece, the Greece government and the king family have fled abroad the country, many political forces have emerged on the ground represented by Greece resistance groups that confronted German invaders, after coalition forces with assistance of resistance had been able to defeat Nazi forces in 1944.As a result, all resistance forces refused the back of the Greece king until proceeding the referendum on the legality of the regime, at that time the president Rosefelt had confirmed on keeping the Greece king because he was a loyal alley for the coalition, the civil war had broken down between the resistance forces that resist the royal regime by the leadership of National liberation Front during 1944 and government forces, Farkiza agreement was resulted from that war on 12th February 1945.Commitment with Farkiza agreement had not been kept for long, so the government started accusing the resistance groups by breaching it, civil war had broken down again when the national liberation front had changed its name to (Dimocratic Greece Army) , on 15th Jan. 1945, on August 1946 Mr. Markos Vafiades was elected to be the leader of that army, the war launched again from the mountain areas in the north of Greece, the USA government had watched the political Greece scene and movement of that army through reports sent by embassy in Greece , as a result the USA president, Troman had declared his doctrine on 12th Feb. 1947, according to that doctrine, the USA government had assisted the Greece government politically and economically.The situation get worse when the British government had declared its withdrawal from Greece on 30th of 1947, the republic army groups had expanded in its dominance over vast lands of Greece, Greece government asked USA government to help it in this crisis, USA government confirmed on military side, it reformed the frame of headquarter of Greece forces and trained its troop, general James Fan Fleet had won to draw plans to defeat the guerrillas undertaken by communism forces, he got assistance by general Alexander Papagos, the main goal of that plan is surrounding the militias, cities and towns and not to go deep inside them in order not to cause a mass human massacres of Greece forces, this plan succeeded to defeat communist militias in Greece 1949.
الصفحات الاولى:

تطور التعليم في لواء كربلاء 1958 - 1968م Development Of Education In Karbala Province (1958 - 1968)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: لمى حسين علي الركابي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: علي حمزة سلمان الحسناوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
المستخلص: Chapters of this thesis about development of education in Karbala province during the period ( 1958 - 1968) showed positive results arerepresented by the following : - 1 - The educational cooperation in Karbala province have been affected by the changed witnessed by the economic, political and social cooperation, the economic and social progress and bloom in the first class in Karbala province had reflected back on changing a ot of its deteriorated reality that it witnessed during the royal regime that cause to delate it too inuch from any other provinces of Iraq, after ( 14 of July revolution in 1958), there were many attempts to change the reality of Iraq totally and Karbala province specially, these atte1npts intended to implement many economic projects to ensure the economic bloom in these economic projects, and it is a matter couldn't be imple1nented by the council or reconstruction in the royal regime of Karbala province at that time, then a series of economic plans were implemented accurately in Karbala province that time, represented by the three economic plans (temporary, detail, fifty years plan), the high incon1es due to the uprising bloon1 of Karbala province , that urges the parents to send their sons to schools to increase the numbers of pupils attend primary schools to join other precedents registered pupils in primary schools.2 - Also the economic bloom Karbala province had witnessed and less immigrants to another provinces , good health reality due to good social facilities submitted by government with the municipality manage1nent in Karbala province had pm1icipated in improving the educational reality of Karbala province, most prominent services submitted by the government is projects of building residence units for the low income employees notably the teachers who suffered from living in unhealthy houses, to build new residence units called (teachers' neighborhood) in order to let the teacher to be available to teaching process only, without any obstacles that may affect on his efforts in teaching, also the government had commenced in submitting all services and rising the social value of teacher to urge other people to be involved in this cooperation of education, also government granted lands to the poor people in Karbala province which resulted in increasing the population in the new places consequently ensuring schools as a major projects and important facilities that complete the success of inhabitance projects in the Karbala province.3 - Building hospitals and health center a m2~jor factor in the Karbala province have participated in developing the education sector, these health cooperation succeeded in overcome and end the common and infectious diseases that devastated huge ratios of population in Karbala province, during the mass visitors who overwhelmed Karbala province annually, while there were no any health center in the royal regime that can make a direct medical inspections tours belong to the educational cooperation for schools to do the vaccinations that is durable to end or diminish the sates of infectious diseases, Karbala province witnessed a prominent improvement of the health situation after the revolution, at that time the government commenced to build the pupil's health centerin the beginning of the republican regime that time in Karbala province, which ended many infectious disease that devastated many people in the province.4 - The local management in Karbala province worked on applying principle of social justice in primary school, through implementing the program of' school wearing' by distributing clothes to poor and needy pupils, and program of school feeding through distributing free meals in schools notably in the rural schools, in order to enhancing the intellectual activity of the pupil and urging pupils to go schools after ensuring the simplest needs of life for the pupil like food and dressing. 5 - The government has enacted many rules and legislations by the ministry of education and teaching, most prominent rule was the order of ministry of education and teaching no. or (39) for the year 1958, which decided to make the teaching is free and compulsory in all places of Iraq without any exclusion, that motivate the fathers of sons to send them to schools after vanish of the most obstacle which is free teaching.6 - Also the occupational education had witnessed a huge concern from the government after the revolution specially in Karbala province, that was by opening two schools for the occupational teaching are Agricultural school for boys and home arts school for girls in Karbala province after being having only one industrial school for boys. 7 - The public and foreign education in all grades had witnessed big development beside the development in the formal education in the province, cooperation had witnessed a remarkable increasing in numbers of teaching staff or pupils and students within the period of the research, that was as a result to the encouragement of the local goverrnnent in supp01iing these cooperation by financial and moral supporting, due to the big role of these cooperation in enhancing the educational and cultural side of the province.8 - Although the big positive results in the education sector during that period but there were couple of negative impedances that has a hard impact on the flow of education current, political conflicts and the split of the community between supporting and opposite citizens led to political intervening in the educational cooperation and result in lowering the education level in Karbala province.9 - In spite of big reforms done by the ministry of higher education as big efTorts of enlarging buildings of the primary schools and ensuring the teaching stafT for these schools in Karbala province, but the enlargement in occupational building had not witnessed the required concern, exist of one school for industry in Najaf district with two schools for agricultural education and home arts school for girls, there was no any opening for a trade teaching school along that period. 10 - The less number qf'girl schools compared with boys school either primary or secondary school , in spite of the concern of the local government with the female sector, that is a result <~l the tribal attitude of the society which refuse the education qf' girls in schools like boys and consequently the le.ss qf educated girls compared with numbers o.f cultured boJ : s.
الصفحات الاولى:

تجارة القطن في الولايات المتحدة الامريكية بين عامي 1783 - 1865 Cotton Trade In The United State Between 1783 - 1865

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: محمد سلمان منور
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ياسين طه ياسين الهارون
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2014
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Had a history of the United States of America in the nineteenth century, important developments was the most prominent of the civil war between (1860 - 1865) between the southern states and the US federal government, and it was the most important reasons for having chronic disagreement between the parties on the issue of slavery, which resulted in the aggravation of this issue during the the nineteenth century to the occurrence of many developments that have made the two parties enter into frequent disputes between the two and the other.Cotton was the most prominent factors that caused the civil war, while it was slavery in America in the way of grants to recede and disappear in the final of the eighteenth century decade, emerged cotton crop tops the list of cash crops that the demand is very Kpalra in the late eighteenth century and throughout the nineteenth century. , so gave cotton Aabboudah in the United States a strong motivation for the continuation of more than half a century, particularly since cotton was Leno in the south of large farms, which require a great effort to be planted and cared for. Against the industrial and commercial progress of the North because of the lack of orientation to agriculture causes climatic and topographic , efforts were concentrated towards industrialization, especially textile manufacturing, while the south has focused its attention towards agriculture with the rise of cotton has become more adherent than ever with his economic power, and of the slave
الصفحات الاولى:

الحركة الطلابية في ايران 1941 - 1979م The Student Movement In Iran1941 - 1979 A.C

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ماجد مطر عباس
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ليلى ياسين حسين الامير
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The research is aimed at clarifying the role of university students in the elimination of the dictatorship in Iran, which represents the governing Pahlavi through layers of Iranian society assign the other, at all levels and levels. The inventory subject of the study 1941 - 1979 years, because it is an integrated point in time began the installation of the Shah Mohammad Reza Pahlavi to the throne in Iran in 1941, where she was the students' movement at the beginning of its growth, has evolved and escalated during the mentioned period, and turned into an independent militant movement contributed significantly to the fall of Shah's regime in 1979. As we can see that the historical study of the students' movement in Iran that would enrich the researcher with information to assess the political situation experienced by Iran in its contemporary history, and the role played by the student elites in raising awareness among the masses, and take advantage of that experience to address and enlighten public opinion in the restoration of rights and freedoms.And it necessitated the nature of the study divided into an introduction and preface, three chapters and a conclusion, with some supplements on the subject.The beginning of the research discusses the roots and the features of the students' movement formation, and the beginning of its growth during the reign of Reza Bahloa1926 - 1941, after the founding of the University of Tehran in 1934, as he returned back and studied the roots of the first and beginnings of the students' movement in Iran since the beginning of the nineteenth century coincided with the rule of the Qajar state, focusing on the cultural influence and political and education outside the country on the first groups of university students who went to study in Europe, especially in the mid - nineteenth century and who after their return floated modern beliefs in the field of education in Iran, by assigning them in higher education and educational institutions in universities and schools, and also worked on the deployment of reforms the political and social through the Constitutional Revolution of opened new doors to education within the country. It also showed how to Reza Shah Pahlavi, on the basis of modernization of education tried to eliminate religious and national elements and democracy, these things have been turned against the system so that some of those who have received their education abroad turned to parties such as the Tudeh Party and the National Front leaders. And discussed in the first chapter the role of the students' movement in Iran's internal politics 1941 - 1953, in developments in the political events since the entry of the Allied Powers to Iran during World War II, and topple the government of Reza Shah and left over from the results reflected in the deterioration of the situation on all levels, and the concomitant openness in the political atmosphere which was created by existing conditions, and what gave rise to the formation and the emergence of many political parties, and that students form a broad - based, including the Tudeh Party, who managed a short period of control, the atmosphere at the university at the time by being able to establish the first students' organization at Tehran University, as well as Iran rival party to the Tudeh Party in terms of student - Qaida capacity, also appeared for the first time in Iran, many organizations and student associations, including the Islamic Association Students at Tehran University, has become of those organizations a significant role, especially after the end of World War II in the leadership of the demonstrations and protests to advocate political issues that are in favor of the Iranian people, including the issue of the nationalization of the Iranian oil and supporting Mossadegh's government, especially after the establishment of the National Front and the formation of Tehran University student organization of the National Front for the students, as well as in the rest of the Iranian universities. While the second chapter discusses the students' movement and the worsening of the internal conflict in Aaran1953 - 1962, and significant changes that have occurred in the political, economic, social and cultural fields and even on Foreign Relations, after the fall of Mossadegh's government, and the responses of the students' action as a result of these conditions, where university students came out demonstrations in favor of the certified and the decision of nationalization and condemning the government of the coup, and the chapter also discusses the events of the sixth of December 1953, which was for the students of Tehran University a significant role in it, to immortalize Kyuma for the struggle of the Iranian students celebrated annually, and was a motive for comprehensive national renaissance where students objected on that day for the military interference in the affairs of the university and expressed their discontent about the shah's policies, to continue after the crackdown on the students to the end of 1956, and the establishment of the intelligence organ of the Shah's regime under SAVAK name, and devoted a large part of the work of this device to control university students, and work on the non - recurrence of the events that took place during the reign of Certified Government through repression and arrest the students, the chapter also discussed the policy of reform of the Shah and the position of the students assigned to them, as well as the incident of the twentieth of January 1962, and the resulting from the violation of the sanctity of the university by the security forces for the second time.Whereas Chapter III, entitled, the student movement and style armed struggle 1963 - 1979, discussed the study of the most important organizations and students' parties, which have had a significant role at the time in the armed struggle, especially students' organizations that have emerged in this area, including the mujahideen of Iranian people and Fedayeen Organization of the Iranian people, and the chapter dicussed the important political events, including the decision of Khomeini's exiled and its consequences that stepped up events which led to a wave of demonstrations, the most prominent was the fifth day of July 1963, which was known among the researchers uprising (the fifteenth of Khordad), to go beyond the students' opposition in earnest to armed resistance and seeking only overthrowing the regime.Whereas the conclusion covered the main results reached by the researcher for the events covered by the study
الصفحات الاولى:

موقف بريطانيا من الصراع العربي - الاسرائيلي (1967 - 1970) The Attitude Of Britain Towards The Arab - Israeli Conflict (1967 - 1970)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: سعد علي نعيم الاسدي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عماد مكلف عسل البدران
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The second chapter researches India’s embracement of Islam during the Islamic Rashydi caliphate. and The ummawy caliphs in the complement of conquest of India and the early Abassid campaigns as well.
الصفحات الاولى:

موقف الولايات المتحدة الامريكية من الحرب الاهلية النيجيرية 1967 - 1970 The Attitude Of The United States Of America Of The Nigerian Civil War ( 1967 - 1970 )

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: رغداء عباس كامل العتابي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: نوفل كاظم مهوس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This study concluded that the weathy knowledge produced by the Arab Muslim historians and writers were full mature since those authors made personal visits in these remote areas and they improved their descriptive writings. In spite the fact that India witnessed constant political instability , but the unsetteled affairs could not have affected the cultural promotion and progress. Moreover Indian civic legacy played so great role in the Arab Islamic culture that it produced civilization mixture share by both of Arab and Indian nations later on.
الصفحات الاولى:

دور يوسف باشا القرمانلي السياسي في طرابلس الغرب (1795 - 1832م) The Political Role Of Yusuf Pasha Alqurmanli In Tripoli (1795 - 1832 A.D)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ايمان محمد عبد علوان
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: كفاح احمد محمد النجار
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2017
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
المستخلص: تعد دراسة الشخصيات السياسية في البلدان العربية، من المواضيع المعقدة لما تحتويه من الغموض التاريخي لاسيما في التاريخ العربي الحديث لقلة المراجع التاريخية المعاصرة لتلك الشخصيات. ويعد يوسف باشا القرمانلي من طراز الشخصيات الكبرى في التاريخ الحديث، وابرز شخصي | The study of political figures in Arab countries is considered one of the complicated subjects for what it contains of historical mystery especially in the Modern Arabic History. This is due to the lack of contemporary historical references for these characters. Yusuf Pasha Al Karamanli is considered one model of the great figures in the modern history, the most notable of the Karamanli family and the longest rule among them (1795 - 1832). His rule witnessed important international events such as the Napoleonic Wars in Europe and the French Campaign in Egypt, and Yusuf Pasha did a distinguished role in this international conflict. His internal and external policies left huge effect on the conditions of Tripoli Eyalet.The nature of the study requires the distribution of the thesis into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter “Tripoli under Yusuf Pasha Alqurmanli Management (1795 - 1832m)” includes four sections. I dealt, in the first section, with the conditions of Tripoli Eyalet and the most important stages of its modern history, whereas in the second chapter, I dealt with the way the Al Karamanli family succeeded the throne. As well I dealt with the familial disintegration which erupted among Ali Pasha’s sons, Ali Al Jazairi’s control, the help appeals by the Al Karamanli family members to the Bey of Tunis Hamouda Pasha. I also dealt with the role of Ali Al Karamanli for the liberation of Tripoli; while in the third section, I dealt with a historical glimpse about the life of Yusuf Al Karamanli. In the fourth section, I dealt with his internal policy especially.The second chapter is entitled “The Foreign Policy of Yusuf Pasha (1795 - 1832).” I dealt in the first section with Yusuf Pasha’s foreign policy towards Ottoman Empire and the Arab Eyalets (1795 - 1832). The second section deals with the relation of Yusuf Pasha with the foreign countries (France and Britain), and in the third section I dealt with the Italian Statelets.The third chapter is entitled “Yusuf Pasha Alqurmanli Relations Tripoli - US (1795 - 1832(” In the first section, I deal with the stages of the origination and development of the Tripoli - American relations (1795 - 1801). In the second sections, I deal with the conditions of the outbreak of the war between the two countries. The third section is dedicated to the holding of the Reconciliation Treaty in 1805 after which the relations stabilized even though it witnessed some misunderstanding amongst the two parties Until the end of the rule of Yusuf Pasha in 1832.Then comes the fourth chapter, which is entitled “The Frailty and Fall of Yusuf Pasha’s Rule,” in which I deal with the reasons of frailty storming Yusuf Pasha’s rule during its last days. I also tracked, in the second section, Abdul Jalil Saif Al Nasr’s revolution that erupted since 1831. The third section was dedicated for the reasons obliging Yusuf Pasha to declare his resign from ruling passing it to his son Ali Bek. I deal in the conclusions with the findings of my study
الصفحات الاولى:

كونراد اديناور ودوره في السياسة الخارجية لالمانيا الاتحادية (1949 - 1963) Konrad Adenauer And His Role In Foreign Policy Of Federal Germany 1949 - 1963

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: محمد سمير خزعل
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: اسامة عبد الرحمن نعمان الدوري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
المستخلص: After the 2nd world war Germany had witnessed many great and important changes affected on its future for decades, especially its Spilt into two Germanys , Federal and Democratic, this Spilt occurred two contradictory countries, one followed the western countries and the other followed the Soviet Union. This came according to the results of the 2nd world war. So west Germany fell as a victim of division to United States, Great Britain and France which represented Federal Germany later, and Soviet Union occupied the eastern Part and founded Democratic Germany.These events led to weakness and division of Germany among the four countries, but the German political elites worked for reposition of Germany among countries, particularly in Federal Germany, where Adenauer rose as an important personality in Germany, according to his long experience since the German Empire and Republic of Weimar and then his opposition to Hitler's regime. Then he took an important role in formation the Christian Democratic Union (CDU) which contained the high political personalities who had a role in Republic of Weimar and were opponents to Hitler.The Dissertation consists of an introduction, four Chapters and a conclusions , the first chapter, entitled Konrad Adenauer and his first political activities until 1949, Which divided into four sections, The first tackled Konrad Adenauer : his life and beginnings till 1917. And the second section studied Konrad Adenauer as a mayor of cologne 1917 - 1933 which clarified his role in modernization of the city and his attitude from the general politics of Weimar Republic, the third section showed Adenauer during the period of the third Reich 1933 - 1945 which clarified his suffering of Hitler's regime, and the Fourth section talked the role of Adenauer after the 2nd world war and the foundation of the Christian Democratic Union until 1949, Which clarified his role as a mayor after the War and foundation of the (CDU).The Second Chapter studied the Role of Adenauer in foreign policy of federal Germany 1949 - 1953, Which divided into four sections, the first deals with the Elections Campaign and foundation of Federal Republic of Germany, and the second section included the basic principles of the German's foreign politics and the beginning of allying with occident, the third section followed the role of Adenauer in betterment the relationship between Federal Germany and France. The fourth section talked Adenauer and the cold war.The Third Chapter covered the role of Adenauer in foreign policy of federal Germany 1954 - 1957, which divided into four sections, the first talked Adenauer's role in joined federal Germany in NATO. The second section clarify the attitude of Adenauer from the meeting of the four powers in Geneva and the Unity of Germany. The third section covered the attitude of the three allies from foundation of the German army. The fourth section deals with the role of Adenauer in forming the European Economic Community (EEC).The fourth chapter Focused on the role of Adenauer in foreign policy of federal Germany 1958 - 1963 , Which divided into four sections , the first studied the policy of Adenauer towards France 1958 - 1963. The second section asserted on the policy of Adenauer towards Britain 1958 - 1963. The third one studied the Attitude of Adenauer from Berlin crisis 1958 - 1961. The fourth and last section concentrated on the ends of Adenauer until his death 1967.The thesis has reached several conclusions , the main were : - Adenauer was different in his directions after the 2nd world war than before, because he thought the new stage needs new political visions, especially after the failure of Weimar Republic in realizing democracy, therefore he didn't return to the central party, but he founded a new party believes in equality in religions, so that some of protestant politicians joined his party. - Adenauer could drawing foreign politics suitable to German reality, and he succeeded in applying what he called in electoral program. - The Advantage of Adenauer wasn't for Germany only but for Europe in general, because what he done to create the European Economic Community was a clear evidence to his keenness on European Nation, so that he participated in foundation a union gathering European countries in all fields. - Adenauer perpetrated many mistakes at the end of his rule resulted hatred of some politicians to him and decreasing in his popularity, particularly when he was nominated as a president and then dragging his nomination, he gave a less value to the post of president, and he excluded the political competitors. - we can certainly say that Adenauer in spite of his personal autocratic tendencies was genuinely committed to liberal democracy, and that for 95 per cent of the time he acted within the parameters of the ‘Chancellor democracy’ existed in the sense that the Federal Republic had a very powerful chief executive in the Adenauer years (1949 - 63), or, to be more precise, it had such a person until 1961. It did not exist in the sense of its having an autocratic Chancellor
الصفحات الاولى:

الاقباط ودورهم السياسي في مصر : مكرم عبيد انمـوذجا (1919 - 1952)

اسم المؤلف: هدى جابر سلمان الخفاجي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ابراهيم خلف عبد المجيد العبيدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:

الحركات الاسلامية في العراق خلال عهد عبد السلام عارف : دراسة تاريخية Islamic Movements In The Iraq During The Reign Of Previous President Abdulsalam Arif Historical Study

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: تقى مؤيد فاضل الشيخلي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: وسن سعيد عبود الكرعاوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
المستخلص: Islamic movement got very important political , social and religious position. This thesis focused on the role of Islamic movement which occupied high - ranking place in its history that practiced dangerous roles affected in the movements, making events and positions via its instructions and formal legal opinions issued in different times played decisive role in the events and occurrences. Accordingly the research was selected for many reasons : - 1. Ignoring those movements upon academic studies level which were specified for many topics, perhaps because of main reason of severe control imposed by previous governments upon those studies. 2. This thesis concentrate on explaining Iraqi real position of Islamic approximation experienced by the people due to enlightenment spiritual leadership of these movements confronted all sectarian aspects and focused on finding correct foundations built on equality , justice and confront the mistakes of previous governments by all possible means and approaches. Therefore it is an attempt to animate Islamic movements history that found correct solutions and treatments useful for our status que.3. Focusing the light upon the role of Islamic movements at reign of previous president Abdulsalam Arif will enable us to analyze the reasons which are behind religious , political , cultural and reforming achievements and influence of these movements in living of Iraqi people to reflect clear prospective and vision about the qualification of Islamic movements in employing its religious position to direct the 4. nation and activate the events. Accordingly we devote great attention upon the study of Islamic movements which comes under the title " Islamic movements in Iraq during the reign of previous president Abdulsalam Arif - Historical study ".The thesis included preface , four chapters with introduction and conclusion. Preface was under the title of " Islamic movements - Study of the concept and modern beginning" as historical view of intellectual , social and religious real situation which helped in developing political awareness at Islamic movements in Iraq.First chapter was dealing with (( organizational structure of reformatory Islamic movements during the reign of previous president Abdulsalam Arif )) which focus on beginning of these movements , their objectives , its organizational structures , principles and method that followed. The second chapter was under the title of " organizational structure of alteration Islamic movements during the reign of previous president Abdulsalam Arif ". This chapter was specified for studying the beginning of alteration Islamic movements , their objectives , its organizational structures , principles and method that applied. Third chapter was under the title of " the position of Islamic movements from the procedures taken by Abdulsalam Arif "focusing upon the situation experienced by Islamic movements during the reign of previous president Abdulsalam Arif since its participation in coup of 8th February till the accusation case of Abdulsalam Arif for following sectarian approach. Chapter four was under the title of " the position of Islamic movements from national & external cases" included some topics expressed position of Islamic movements from Kurdish case and external cases till the death of Abdulsalam Arif and prosperity of Islamic movements.The thesis depended upon different group of published and unpublished documents , academic thesis , dissertations Arabic books , Arabist, foreign , manuscripts and encyclopedia which covered the period of the subject. The ultimate goal of the researcher is that she has succeeded in her task in order to regard such humble efforts useful step focusing upon an important page of Iraqi modern history.
الصفحات الاولى:

اتحاد جامعة الدول الامريكية 1933 - 1948 : دراسة تاريخية Pan - American Union (3311 - 3391) : A Historical Study

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: خالد عبد نمال حوران
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: حسن علي سبتي الفتلاوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2016
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
المستخلص: The topic of Pan American Union (1311 - 1391) is considered as one of the most important topics in the American history in general and in the history of the United States in particular for its distinguished role in the American Unity. The American regional order appeared as an ambition and as a high example in 1181, but its transformation into an agency that represents all the republics of the western hemisphere began in 1113 when the first international conference was held for the United States in Washington, while the last stage of its development was in 1391 when the charter of the organization of the American States was signed in Bogot?. The thesis is divided into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter dealt with the development of the idea and the function of Pan American Union until 1311. The second chapter was dedicated for the study of the United States' exploit of Pan American Union for the purpose of dominating the neighborhood. The third chapter traced the development of Pan American Union's attitudes towards the regional and the international developments during second World War (1313 - 1391). The fourth chapter focused on the development of the Union's attitudes and its regional and international attitude after second World War till1391. The study was based on various sources and arrived at some findings that can be briefed as follows : - The establishment of Pan American Union was entirely as a response to the need for facing the aggression threat from outside and search for an alternative for intervention from one side, i.e, United States of America. Although the American joint action in the western hemisphere began late in 13th century with the establishment of a commercial office for information broadcast concerning commercial exchange and customs legislation among Latin America countries conference as a result of holding the first conference in Washington (8,November 1113 - 3,April 1131) had helped the declaration of what is called the "Pan American Union "among the American States at he conclusion of the proceedings of the American conference held in Buenos Aires (18 July - 11 August 1311). - With the inauguration of Franklin Roosevelt as president of the United States of America in 1311 and announcing that he would follow a good neighbor policy and non - interference in other countries, affairs in the western hemisphere, the road was open for the transformation of a unilateral commitment of the United States of America intoa joint commitment of the United States as a whole, especially with the approach of second World War. - In July 1391, the council of ministers of foreign affairs of American States decided in a meeting in Havana considering an aggression directed from any non - American state against any American states as an aggression against all the American states. - The Pan American Union, for another time, in its conference held in Mexico in 1391 emphasized on the principle of collective security. - In 1391, the United States put their obligation of mutual assistance and consultation in case of aggression in a cultural framework under Rio treaty of mutual assistance. - The organization of American States was founded in 1391in the 3th conference in Bogot? and its exercise was affected by this framework in which it found the principles and the objectives of the organization American States
الصفحات الاولى:

المسالة البلغارية في الدولة العثمانية 1878 - 1914 Bulgarian Issue In The Ottoman Empire 1878 - 1914

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ساهرة حسين محمود الصامري
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: حميد احمد حمدان التميمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The issue of the fate of the Ottoman State and its properties, which is known in the political history as the Eastern Issue, occupies an outstanding place in the European diplomacy during the Eighteenth and the Nineteenth centuries. In short, the Eastern Issue includes all the problems associated with the domestic fall of the Ottoman State, the revolutions of the peoples ruled by the Ottomans, and finally the tangled and conflicting interests of the European Countries in the Ottoman Empire. These countries also interfere in the process of the Ottoman fall. This study aims at analyzing the events that took place in Balkan Peninsula, following the results of the Russian - Ottoman War during the years 1877 - 1878. That war gave rise to the birth of the Bulgaria Principality; and then the resolutions of Berlin Conference, held in the last year, enhanced the existence of this Principality which gained its full independence from the Ottoman State in 1908. Having known the international circumstances involving this issue is not easy, especially that concerning Bulgaria, for most of the historical sources which dealt with the issues of the Balkan Peninsula or the Eastern Issue introduced a general view about what had happened to all the Balkan Countries. These sources do not profoundly study the issue of Bulgaria; and this why the researcher has done her best to come out with a comprehensive study for this issue depending upon genuine recent sources including correspondences, presenting attitudes and suggestions.Scope of the study and analysis of sources This study is divided into an introduction, five chapters, a conclusion, a set of selected appendixes, and a list of sources and references. Chapter One : It is a summarized introductory chapter intended to be as an introduction defining Bulgaria in particular to enable the reader to have a general idea about the historical and social components that help understanding the national awareness and the religious influences on it, and then the development of the political events.This chapter also studies the historical extension of the relations of the Ottoman State with Bulgaria right from the beginning in 1393 till 1878, when the Bulgarian Principality was used after the Russian - Ottoman War (1877 - 1878). Chapter Two : This chapter handles the development of the events in the Balkan Peninsula in the years preceded Berlin Conference 1878 - 1878. Though the period was more than four years, it was full of new events. During that period, several revolutions broke out in the Balkan Countries such as Bosnia and Herzegovina Revolution 1875 - 1878, the Bulgarian Independence Revolution 1876 - 1878, the Serbia and Montenegro Revolution 1876 - 1878. In addition, the independence of Greece and Romania took place in 1877 - 1878. Therefore, this historical change is worthy of studying as it has got an effect on the following Bulgarian events. Chapter Three : It deals with the Eastern Issue and Berlin Conference in 1878; it also includes the five topics handling the Major Eastern Issue, the outbreak of the Russian - Ottoman War in 1877, holding of San Stefano and Berlin Treaties, and the important results brought forth. As the five topics form the starting point for the Bulgarian issue and its causes, this chapter is made up of more researching pages than the other chapters that the researcher is unable to avoid them. Chapter Four : It studies the attitude of the Ottoman State towards the developments of the Bulgarian issue from 1879 to 1908. When the Ottoman coup d'état occurred, a period of Russian endeavor, especially in the years 1879 - 1880 to complete the mission of building the Bulgarian Principality such the issuing of the institution and the election of the prince. However, the events in Bulgaria had an effect on the problem of the increase of the general Ottoman debt to the European Banks, especially in the years 1881 - 1884. The problem of this irremediable debt was one of the reasons that exhausted the overburdening of the Ottoman State; and what made things even worse was that during the following years 1885 - 1888 the Serbian - Bulgarian War broke out. The result of that war led to join Eastern Romello to Bulgaria. The progress of the circumstances in the Balkan countries had an effect on the Bulgarian issue, the most important of which were the Greek - Ottoman War 1896 - 1897, and the role of the European countries which were not neutral in their attitudes. The European countries had their own avarice as well as their religious bias accompanying the events supported by the popular support. Chapter Five : This chapter is the conclusion in which the researcher states the interior political changes in the Ottoman Empire and in the Balkan Peninsula during the years 1908 - 1914. During that period, there were important Ottoman and European attitudes towards the issue of the Bulgarian independence in 1908. It was an important year which witnessed great changes in the Ottoman State along the subsequent years, as mentioned above. Also, there were important events during the subsequent years such as the Bulgarian attitudes towards the Macedonian issue 1908 - 1912, and then Bulgaria signed a treaty with Serbia in the last year, as well as the former's attitude towards the war which broke out in the Balkan countries during 1912 - 1913. Finally, the researcher stated the treaty of Bucharest and the Ottoman fluctuating attitude towards Bulgaria 1913 - 1914. The Ottomans did not have any clear attitude for various reasons despite the general circumstances surrounding them.
الصفحات الاولى:

عبد القادر باش عيان الدور الاجتماعي والسياسي والثقافي في العراق 1894 - 1971 Abdul Qadir Bash Aian Social, Political And Cultural Role In Iraq (1894 - 1971)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عبد القادر عبد الرحيم عطــوي الحسانــي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: انور جاسب شنته الطريف
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The personal study, and CV of the difficult things, that have the researchers, because the researcher must take all aspects of this character, both private and public.It has been seen walking through the research, said Abdul Qader bash elders determined from an old family with a religious place And social, cultural, prestigious Alli Basra scale, and even categorize the scope of Iraq in general.Great role not his secret bash elders has been featured, among the well - known visual, and its impact in the community Basri, of the coming of this family, and stability in Basra as well as the emergence of the big guns Family, in many areas, including religious, social, political, and bringing these characters Elly positions of political and administrative largest in the state, and Vdilan literary side has reached Family through the emergence of figures including in this area, has emerged a lot of literature special , Especially in the historic area, particularly empty Basra ancient and modern, and this was the most prominent Almttootat (butter dates) of Sheikh Abdul Wahid bash elders, as well as (detailed history Basra Alazmi ancient and modern) of Sheikh Yassin bash elders, and Nri through it, and through the completion of Family and cultural presence library Abbasid big, old house in the family, and of the tobacco industry's own Great cultural legacy through Mathtwe of manuscripts and rare books lend categorize Basra and that cultural ascetic face and Shining. And here comes the personal Abdul Qadir bash elders, and to family affected by the document dramatically, which appeared Role through his family in a lot of fields and fundamental social, cultural, and categorize a personal which I added a lot of prestige and self - confidence. In light of the foregoing and in the display of search events that have passed by, we Pearls Mayati : - alldor Social, religious, cultural and political to the family of the bash elders, religious and cultural heritage of the family in Basra, and the emergence of personalities visual prominent family in the fields. Shall Find Personal Personal were not unusual, but the Senate was personal and not only that, But senior Senate (Bash elders), as well as the decline of a family Abbasseya, have been affected by all Internatioanl respects religious and political. - tmana Abdul Qadir bash elders features and different talents, collected between business and politics and literature And writing, which made him a dynamic personality in the work and responsibility. - tefi Categorize personality, the practical side and that receipt family business after the death of his father at the age of his youth, as well as the emergence of the literary side, the spectrum of his book, a diary in a small age. - anhaddarh In social work in Basra, both in the Pearls for joining the municipal council, Uwe Iraqi Council of Representatives or the Senate, and the emergence of the piece in his participation in the relief committees Exposure of Basra Pearls worst flood in 1946.kzlk a prominent role in the Tigers Association, and its role Prominent in the work of the Assembly and try to strengthen the work of the Assembly in favor of the optical community.The emergence of a characteristically political role at the age of forty, and through his election to the House of Representatives and then Appointed in the Iraqi Senate, Ani.vdila in 1958 for his participation, even in a little while Political parties (to insist - Union and Progress) and then the departure of then Pearls literary work.The emergence of his role in the May revolution in 1941, through the great role of the family of Al Bash elders and glory Especially in the embarrassing period in which they passed by Basra during the term of the security vacuum and the formation of the Commission on Security Procedure, and the transit of Basra those embarrassing period and the return of security and stability. Abdel Kader was bash elders, bold and frank in expressing their opinions and ideas often, Especially in the Senate, did not know the oil, it has Dahr during his speech in the House in 1947 Senate and his criticism of the government and put to a lot of questions Pearls Chief Minister and how to find solutions Her.His posts were outsourced through his membership in the Senate is the most prominent participation in participating in the Inter - Parliamentary Union conference in Cairo delegation, and to participate in its meetings, and thusAt the end of the conference the submission of the report on the Pearls of the Iraqi Senate conference.
الصفحات الاولى:

العلاقات الدومنيكانية - الاميركية 1968 - 1900 The Dominicans - American Relationships 1900 - 1968

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: لطفي جميل محمد
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: طيبة خلف عبد الله
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Dominican Republic had a cardinal importance in the Caribbean area because of its strategic location. Since the nineteenth century, and after the (Monroe) declaration, the United States of America became a strong competent to the European powers in the Caribbean area in specific, and the western hemisphere in general.After the World War I, accompanied with the complicated international relations, the Dominican Republic was still the main focus of the USA, not because of the Dominican economics, but because of the USA anxiety that a certain European power might become itsneighbor, in more than two thousand kilometers away from USA. However, due to the dramatic changes, after World War II, and the apparition of new international powers like the Soviet Union, in addition to the communist ideology and its quest for spreading socialist principles all over the world, the competition turned into an international struggle between the two camps : the Eastern led by the USA, that competition had come be called (The Cold War).Henceforth, the Dominicans Republic a gained more American interest. The Americans feared that the Dominicans become a new (Cuba). For that fear, the USA invaded the Dominicans twice, the first was in 1916, while the second in 1965. The goals of the two invasions are not entirely different - the goal of the first invasion was to the Soviet power.The reason behind the researcher's choice of the American - Dominicans relation (1900 - 1968) is because of the assumption that the historical relationships have not been investigated in the Arab Homeland, in general, and Iraq in specific. The researches have beeninterested mostly countries like Cuba, Panama, Guatemala, and other Latin countries, as well.The dissertation consists of three chapters and a conclusion. Chapter one deals with a historical and geographical introduction to the Dominican Republic. There are hints to early relationships between the Dominicans and the United States. Moreover, the Chapter has demonstrated the serious developments encountered by the Dominican while founding the liberal independent and safe state. Chapter two has studied the beginning of the formal relationships between the two states since 1900, up to the deterioration of the relationships. Such deterioration led to the USA invasion to the Dominican Republic in 1916. It was flowed by the rise of (Trujillo)Republic and the relations with that dictator for three decades. Chapter Three has been devoted to the international developments after the Second World War, the Cold War and the influence of such developments on the relations between the two states. The relations witnessed a sort of retreat because of Trujillo's policies, interior and external, and the scheme for his assassinate Chapter also tackles the serious developments after Trujillo, which led to the second USA invasion in 1965, and the USA retreat from Dominican Republic. The study is rounded up with conclusion deduced from the research with has sources to various documents and foreign sources.
الصفحات الاولى:

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الاميركية تجاه تشيكوسلوفاكيا 1941 - 1948

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: حنان عباس خير الله السعيدي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عماد مكلف عسل البدران
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This Study dealt with the subject "The policy of the United States of America towards Czechoslovakia 1941 - 1948 ". Although Czechoslovakia had gotten the independence in 1918, but it was contained many nationalities. It had taken its lands from German to new state.It made German trying the revenge to itself indeed Czechoslovakia became the victim became the German occupied it 1939. Although the United States of America made the political isolation between the two world wars but the policy was changed for many reasons and was resulted through many situations imposed on political United State direction to take the positions of number of crises that the world is witnessed and determined the European continent , as it had taken the position of some of the issues by adopting global peace process. The subject of the policy of the United State of America towards Czechoslovakia considered as historical issue about people that they situated under the control of German. In addition , the geographical location to Czechoslovakia in center of Europe , it represented the point connection with western Europe , all of these points , it left affects on the political of the United States of America towards Czechoslovakia through American treatment with after the political Czechoslovakia with west and east in order to bridge between them. The Start of the subject 1941 because it involved the entranced United State of America to the word war and the year involved the started resistance in Czechoslovakia in order to American recognize about the government them in outside that it formed in London 1941 after the Soviet recognize and British 1941. The thesis stopped in 1948 because it was the year involved the control of the communisms on the order in Czechoslovakia , which on its impact Czechoslovakia joined the socialist bloc and become part of the communist camp. The formwork of the dissertation consisted of introduction , four chapters , conclusion and indexes. The chapter one concentrated on " The political of the United States of America towards Czechoslovakia 1918 - 1941 ". Chapter Two explained the situation of United States of America towards the republic of Czechoslovakia 1918 - 1920 , in addition to attentions between two countries and the political of United States of America towards Czechoslovakia during the development of the country during between two wars , that period was characterized by frequent civil war and international crises resulting from the expansionist ambitions espoused by the German leader Hitler about that continent , the Czechoslovakia crisis of the most prominent of these crises , also attitude on the United States of America position on the German occupation of Czechoslovakia in 1939 , and the outbreak of the second world war and its impact on United States of America policy toward Czechoslovakia. The chapter two involved " The entrance of United States of America the war and the effect of the political towards Czechoslovakia 1941 - 1944 " In 1941, the policy of United States of America entered to new level represented the effects ( Eduared Benes ) the president of the government Czechoslovakia in the exile for sake the recognition from United States in addition the highlight upon the America situation towards agreement Soviet - Czechoslovakia 1943 , It was addressed to Czechoslovakia proposal for the signing of an international treaty , including the nature of the international situation , and the statement of the position of the Slovak uprising in year 1944. Chapter three involved " The political American towards Czechoslovakia year 1945 ". This chapter explained the United States of America and the situation in Czechoslovakia , also The political American towards Czechoslovakia in light of trends Soviet , it was the highlight of the American interest in the process of transfer of the Sudeten German from Czechoslovakia. Chapter four was addressed the political of United States of America towards the inner developments in Czechoslovakia 1946 - 1948. This chapter studied important developments of inner political and foreign to Czechoslovakia and it concentrated upon the attitude of United States of America towards those the developments particularly after elections year 1946. In addition to studied the project Marshal 1947 and political crisis that happened in Czechoslovakia year 1947 and attitude of United States of America , and attempted to stand the communists and prevent them from control of the government , as well as attitude the United States of America on the communist coup in 1948. The conclusion explained the important results that it arrived the research about the political of United States of America revealed towards Czechoslovakia that it showed the strong political from United States of America before second world war which it affected on the all events in Europe , especially after the British inability from the deterrence of German expansion. The United States of America delayed the recognition of the Czechoslovakia government even entered world war II is undoubtedly a clear indication that he was not specific to the United State of America policy towards Czechoslovakia. But that became apparent after the second world war the United States of America began landmarks determine the orientation towards the strengthening and expansion of political , security and economic alliances that bind the United States of America with the other parties , in allowing it to maintain its influence on the superior, and the inclusion of any global role or European secluded about the American role in the future
الصفحات الاولى:

موقف الحوزة العلمية في النجف الاشرف من القضية الفلسطينية 1973 - 1948 The Attitued Of Hawza Ilmiyya In Najaf Regarding The Palstiniane Case 1948 - 1973

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ابتهال فرحان خلیفة سالم
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فرات عبد الحسن كاظم الحجاج
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Hawza ‘Ilmiyya(1) in Iraq (Najaf) was never a mere scientific religious institution to teach and receive religious sciences. Instead, its affect indeed reached different fields and included expressing official stances of any incident inside and outside Iraq with concern with the religion and creed.In addition to the clear role of scholars' acts and preaches in touch with various events in the Islamic nation and Arabic countries. When the Jews started to flow to Palestine in the first decade of the twentieth century, the religiousclerics and scientific students of Hawza declared their firm stance in solidarity with the Islamic Nation to stand opponent to that dangerous scheme. This stance extended to the present time. Thus, the researcher focused her attention to examine this issue to discover the nature of this stance from the viewpoint of Hawza, its students, and Najaf which resembles an incubator for that stance, and in addition to the fact that this issue is not negotiated before. The researcher started her study from 1948 which is the year to announce the Israeli state as recognized by the United Nations, passing through all events and combats happened between Arabs and Israel. The study ends at 1973 which is the year that witnessed the fourth Arab - Israel war. The researcher has suffered from the scarcity of sources and documents and that was possibly due to the lack of documentation of events, as well as damage caused to some of what has passed through the country during the events of (Sa'aban popular uprising) in 1991. Perhaps it is due to the existence of neglect by the previous authorities in order to prevent highlight the face of the Arab national Najaf.1 it is a seminary where Shi'a Muslim clerics are trained.The current thesis consists of an introduction, four chapters, and a conclusion. The first chapter is dedicated to deal with the stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya regarding the Palestinian cause (1920 - 1947). This chapter includes four sections; the first of which is dedicated show the concept of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya and its major studying stages, as well as the importance of each stage of which. Also, this section shows the history of the emergence of the Hawza in Najaf and the history of the most prominent scientists in that period, inaddition to their political and religious attitudes towards the Palestinian cause.The second of which is dedicated to deal with the stance against the Zionist settlement and the other Palestinian revolutions (1920 - 1936). This section also examines the political stances of religious scholars against the Zionist settlement, starting from the major Palestinian revolution and the reasons of occurrence, as well as Al - Buraq Revolution. Finally, the fourth section deals with Hawza’s efforts against the Anglo - American Committee’s scheme (1945 - 1947).Despite the preoccupation of Iraq and Hawza'Ilmiyyahin Najaf with World War II and the negative impacts on the internal and external situation of Iraq, but it has not deterred from continuing the efforts of scientists in Najaf towards the Palestinian cause (1945 - 1947) as scientists declared their firm stancesregarding the Palestinian cause, especially after their opposition to the Zionist project.As for the Second chapter, it is entitled “The Stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya in Najaf regarding the Palestinian Cause, since the Partition Resolution till the triple aggression (1947 - 1956). This chapter consists of three sections. The first section points out how the partition resolution was referred to the UN Authority and what it implied and how it has been applied to the land of Palestine. In addition, this section scopes the lights on the rejecting political and religious attitudes, including those of Hawza, poets, students, as well asthe press and associations role, particularly in Najaf, expressed in forms of condemnation, protests, and demonstrations. This section also reveals the causes and consequences of the outbreak of Arab - Israeli war, as well as the most prominent political and religious stances during that 1948 war, the war that witnessed a unique support of religious scholars in Najaf. The third section reveals the stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya regarding the Palestinian cause between the first and the triple aggression against Egypt (1949 - 1956). Thissection also explains the reasons for the defeat of the Arab armies during the first Arab - Israeli war years (1948 - 1956) as well as showing the stances of all religious scholars in Najaf, where they organized the collection of voluntary financial contributions, particularly from Kufa and Najaf, as supervised by a number of religious officials in Najaf and working on send such contributions to their brothers in Palestine. Additionally, the religious scholars in Najaf also urged all people to take caution and work to provide support to the Palestinians and support their fellow fighters there. Scientists continued to support the Palestinian cause and urged peoples for the promoting of holy war to save the Arabic Palestine.The third chapter of the thesis deals with the stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya regarding the Palestinian cause between the two wars of 1956 and 1967. This chapter is made of three sections; the first section is dedicated to explain and detail the reasons of the triple aggression against Egypt and the different consequent political and religious situations, as Hawza in Najaf expressed its attitude clearly and strictly concerning the triple aggression, and also by sending letters and telegrams to kings and presidents in the world requesting to express a clear and firm stance toward Egypt and the work required to stop that aggression. The second section deals with the scientific community and its stance regarding the Palestinian cause (1958 - 1963). This section summarizes the history of the emergence of the scientific community and the most prominent founders. It also highlights the sharp and firm stances of the scientific community towards the Palestinian cause, as well as the work on the dissemination of data for the Palestinian people, demanding the UN to find solutions for Palestinian Arab people and their case with Israel. All such stances were being published in Adhwaa2 Magazine being the formal tongue of the community. Then, the third section reveals the role of media and pressin Najaf in supporting the Palestinian cause. That role cannot be ignored as it supported the Palestinian cause since ancient times until the present time. It was mainly a result influenced by the fatwas of religious scholars in Najaf on the one hand and their sense of responsibility towards the Arab issues, particularly the Palestinian cause, on the other hand. Among Najaf's newspapers and magazines supporting this issue were Al - Gheri Magazine (Najaf), Islamic Justice Journal (Najaf), and Eman3 Magazine as theyindicated the firm stances of Hawza 'Ilmiyya regarding the setback of June and till the War of October (1967 - 1973).The fourth chapter carries three sections. The first of which scopes the light on the setback of June and the stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya on regard (1967 - 1968. It highlights the said setback, its causes, and impact on Palestinian people, in addition to the stances of Najaf's Hawz 'Ilmiyya regarding the setback. That setback raised discontent of a number of scholars in Najaf, led by SayyidMuhsin Al - Hakim, who denounced that setback in 1967 through his sermons and fatwas thereon at the time.The second section is dedicatedextrapolate the opinions and Fatwas4concerning Feda'I5 acts (1967 - 1968) as 2 In Arabic means "Lights". 3 In Arabic means "Faith".4 Advisory opinion showing official and religious stances. all opinions were supportive to such acts. Scientists started to urge people collectively to participate in Feda'I acts that were seen sacred and honorable to of the case of Palestinian people as stated in a number of sermons and fatwas. Then comes the third section dedicated to view the opinions and attitudes of religious clerics regarding the events of burning Al - Aqsa Mosque on 1969. This section shows the value of Al - Aqsa Mosque and the reasons to burn it. That was a horrible crime protested by all clerics and scientists in terms of their sermons, fatwas, and demonstrations. The last fourth section deals with the escalation of the Arab - Israeli conflict and the stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya on regard (1970 - 1973). As attitudes of religious scholars continued to advocate for the Palestinian cause with all its potentials and capabilities, in addition to work to resist the Israeli aggression in the war in October 1973 and stating the reasons, results, and impacts of that war. As a conclusion, the researcher comes with a number of results afterpassing through the thesis. The researcher adopted during the preparation of thesis a number of documents saved and published by official institutions and foundations, particularly the Foundation of Sheikh Mohammed Hussein Kashif Al - Gita' as well as the Library of SayyidMuhsin Al - Hakim published on a CD. Among the most prominent documentary books adopted by the researcher is the documentary book published in 1973 by the Scientific Community, entitled (religious scholars call Muslims to jihad for the sake ofAllah) which really enriches the current thesis with valuable information in a scientific and discreet manner. In addition, a number of Arabic books are adopted within the course of the thesis. Among them is the book (Ideal values of Islam) for Sheikh Mohammed Hussein Kashif Al - Gita' who lived during the time of the early stages of the Palestinian cause and wrote many works 5 The acts in which a person sacrifices himself in order to cause casualties and damages to the enemy.within this field, as well as the book entitled (The Shiite Marjiyya and the Palestinian cause) by author Mohammed Abdul - Jaleel, Book (Islam and the Palestinian Cause) by Kadhem Al - Budairy. The current thesis also benefits of other sources likethe book entitled ( Iraqi Sorrows Encyclopedia) by Hussein Lateef Al - Zubaidy, in addition to (Iraq, the Communists, Baathists, and Liberal Officers) written by Hana Patato considered a valuable source to enrich the thesis from the political side. An important and significant role wasthe role of published and unpublished theses being significant sources for information on the Palestinian cause and the stances of Hawza. Among them is the MA thesis prepared by Dr. Muqdam Abdul - Hasan Al - Fayadh entitled (Political History of Najaf 1941 - 1958), and the MA thesis prepared by Mohammed Jawad Jasim Al - Jazairy entitled (Social History of Al - Najaf Holy city 1968 - 1979). Another component of sources to be referred to is magazines and journal. Press of Baghdad had a great benefit in providing facts and information for the period of this thesis discussion. Among them is (Flagof Independence), (Voice of Liberals), as well as some significant press publications in Najaf like (Al - Gheri), (Al - Bayan), (Islamic Justice), (Evidence), (Al - Najaf Magazine).These journals and magazine enrich the thesis with valuable information on various topics, especially or concern, the Palestinian cause.As a final statement of the researcher, it is worth mentioning that this work is modest and humble. Should it be successful, it is the divine support by Allah. Thanks and blessings be upon Allah.
الصفحات الاولى:

عجمي السعدون ودوره في تاريخ العراق (1911 - 1918) Ajami Saadoun And Its Role In The History Of Iraq (1911 - 1918)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: نور حسن خلف العتابي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: خلود عبد اللطيف عبد الوهاب
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This Thesis examined the role of Ajami Saadoun between the years (1911 - 1918), one of the elders Sadoun known in the history of Iraq, which played an important role during the First World War in the lineup, along with the Ottomans against the British actress of Iraq. This Thesis included the introduction and pave three chapters and a conclusion ,eating boot About the situation in the emirate Muntafiq during the period(1892 - 1911), butfor the first quarter has Ajami Saadoun personal eating and social configuration, and the events of the grapes in his father's time, which was divided into three sections, dealing with first research personal Ajami Saadoun and up bringing, while touched second part to the events that the grapes Ajami in his father's time, and the third on Ajami conflict with the tribes during the period (1911 - 1914m), Chapter II has touched, to the conflict between Ajami Saadoun called Captain during the period (1912 - 1914m),has included three sections, the first section dealt with the causes of conflict between Ajami and student and threats Ajami of the city of Basra, eat second topic position of the Ottoman Empire from the conflict between the Ajami and students, and the third on the end of the conflict between the parties, and to ensure the third quarter position Ajami Saadoun of political events in Iraq during the period (1914 - 1918 ), a component of the three sections, the first section singled Ajami role in resisting the British occupation of Basra in the period (1914 - 1915m), while the second section has explained the British efforts to win over to its side Ajami Saadoun, with regard to the third research has focused on the continuation of Ajami to fight against the British between the years (1916 - 1918), also included the conclusion of the mission and the role of personal Ajami Saadoun in the last years of Ottoman rule, in addition to a range of important sources of search results
الصفحات الاولى:

قطر في عهد الامير خليفة بن حمد ال ثاني (1972 - 1995) : دراسة في التطورات الداخلية Qatar During The Reign Of Prince Khalifa Bin Hamad Al Thani (1972 - 1995) Study In Internal Developments

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: حياة فرحان عبد كعيد
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: حياة فرحان عبد كعيد
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This thesis deals with the era in Qatar Khalifa bin Hamad Al Thani, 1972 - 1995 m in the study of domestic politics. Taken a study of 1972 the beginning of a time frame during the reign of Khalifa bin Hamad Al Thani, who is his reign beginning of a new phase in the history of Qatar, where Qatar has witnessed during his remarkable development, considering that Qatar modern state independence and the fact that significant shift, which is in a lot of scales within the political system of this country. Formed this letter of introduction and four chapters and an epilogue, chapter dealt with the first internal developments in the State of Qatar (1949 - 1972m), has included this chapter two sections, section dealt the first economic changes, administrative, social and Interior during the period (1949 - 1971m), while the second section has dealt Qatar and the independence of the Corrective Movement (1970 - 1972m), the second chapter highlighted the constitutional developments in Qatar (1972 - 1995m), this chapter has included three sections, the first section dealt with the legislative branch, and the second section dealt with the executive branch, while the third section has He said the judiciary, while devoted Chapter III to study the economic developments in Qatar (1972 - 1995m) through two sections section dealt the first oil and gas and their impact internal diameter, while the second section has dealt with the growth of industry, commerce and agriculture, while the fourth chapter was devoted to follow up developments social development in Qatar (1972 - 1995 m), which included three sections the first section included cultural progress (Education), and the second topic dealt with social services, while the third section examined the impact of foreign workers on the Qatari society. Has adopted this message on many of the important sources of n and after the study to the State of Qatar during this period reached several conclusions, the most important of the discovery of oil and the yield of the material, which is the main factor in the renaissance of Qatar and the recovery of the Qatari economy and the development of vital facilities, making Qatar the center of competing international by States Other.
الصفحات الاولى:

موقف الامام الخميني من العلاقات الايرانية - الاسرائيلية والقضية الفلسطينية 1962 - 1982

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ضحى سليم حسين ياسين التميمي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عماد مكلف عسل البدران
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Imam Khomeini's political movement began in 1962 and with its launch. Which faced the shah Mohammad Re 20 Pahlavi and his interior arbitrary policy and its relations with Israel and clear in letters of Imam Khomeini which he critici2ed the shah and its relations with Israel and expose the schemes shah towards Islam and issues the task. Including the Palestinian and issues. Which was. Present at every opportunity. Even after victory of the Islamic farina revolution in 1979. Composed the letter of introduction and preface, three chapters and conclusion to ensure the boot historical overview of the positions of the positions of farina clerics toward the freely - Iranian relation and Palestinian cause from 1937 - to 1962. Studied in the First chapter of Imam Khomeini's position through his speeches for Israeli - farina relations and the Palestinian cause from 1973 I discussed in the second chapter Imam Khomeini's speeches between October war in 1973 and the camp - avid Accords in 1978. Khomeini has called for support of his speeches across the Arab states in its war against Israel and to refrain from holding any peace treaty with Israel.And we have dedicated to the separation of the third chapter to study the effect of the success of the Islamic revolution in Iran in 1979 on the Palestinian issue and relations with Israel and clear in this chapter Imam Khomeini's position on the signing of the comb - David Accords between Egypt and Israel in march 26 of the same ear and the proclamation of Jerusalem as the world day to support the Palestinian cause and made it clear the Khomeini's position of the Israel invasion of Lebanon in 1982 and directed by the Palestinian resistance from Lebanon.Conclusion included the overall finding of the researcher through the information's in my letter
الصفحات الاولى:

قيام صلاة الجمعة في العراق في عهد المرجع الديني محمد محمد صادق الصدر 1997 - 1999م : دراسة تاريخية

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عبد النبي جاسم بتور الحلفي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عماد مكلف عسل البدران
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This study attempts to shed light on Friday prayer in the era of the religious authority of Mohammed Mohammed Sadeq al - Sadr (1997 - 1999), searching the reasons of this prayer and how Mr. Muhammad al - Sadr addressed the Friday Fatwa and the events surrounding this prayer and actions taken by the authority to address this prayer, and their effects on Iraqi society.Iraq has summoned the conditions to lead the reform of religious scholars who broke the deadlock Alhuzoi stream and transgressed the limits of the pious exaggerated and enjoyed the ability to employ modern and contemporary ideas and devise solutions jurisprudence.Here, this reform embodies the emergence of the modern renaissance revolutionary line starting renaissance. First Martyr Mohammed Baqir al - Sadr, who founded to reject the injustice of power and urgency to reform society and Revolution for the creation of a generation that believes the message of heaven and justice of God and met this direction great strength dictatorship of the policy of Saddam Hussein's regime who took over the power 1979. This new challenge put the estate and scientists on the road to irreversible. The leadership of the nation overcomed the downturn hit and it goes away from the values of Islam and the submissiveness and undergo policy authority gagged the mouths and constrained freedoms and plunged believers in prison and began executions, especially after the execution of Mr. Mohammed Baqir al - Sadr in 1980. However the estate did not turn inward, but was an incubator for reformers despite the presence of another line only Anicol Bmhadna power but continue to pious approach because of the strength of power and tyranny, but the appearance of a person reference Mohammed Mohammed Sadeq al - Sadr may point to the beginning of a new phase. the tool and device of this new phase wastransformative prayer that Friday obligatory broken with the Shiites in Iraq, and the bilateral walked two parallel tracks and cleared the revival of this obligatory reference and leadership that brought enhance and strengthen the role of the estate in the community through the Friday platform.The actors in this project, was selected in 1997, the beginning of a research topic in order to establish the first prayer in this year, and was named the 1999 end of the research, because it was the year in which the reference Mohammed al - Sadr died and ended with his death Friday prayers in Kufa mosque and stayed in some provinces began several uprisings. The reaction against the authority, which is another stage of the contemporary history of Iraq, where totally ended any bond between the people and the power Baathist spacing between them has increased people became in hand and power in the other hand, putting the nation on the road to claim the application of social justice and striving to get rid of repression Saddam and the establishment of a new system of access to the application of the provisions of Islamic Sharia, and become fans consider the conflict with Saddam Hussein, the United States as a conflict between the oppressor and women and as a result people with him did not stand in this conflict, precipitating downfall in 2003.
الصفحات الاولى:

نشاط الحزب الشيوعي في جنوب العراق 1935 - 1958 : دراسة تاريخية The Communist Party In Southern Iraq 1935 - 1858 (Basra , Almentefiq And Al - Emara) (Historical Study)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: صباح جايد جاسم عرمان الوائلي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: اميرة رشك لعيبي الزبيدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Characterized by political parties in Iraq for the period of 1935 - 1958 in their positions in terms of the impact of her political events, including the rebel tribes movement coup Bakr Sidqi and movement of Higher Rashid al - Kilani and labor strikes and peasant in southern Iraq and the views of its leaders and the position of party newspapers including, for Mleetmta history of modern and contemporary of the multiplicity of Iraq political and intellectual trends that have emerged in Iraq, which expressed itself as political parties continued to practice political activity and took the bug themselves intellectual awareness in the leadership of the masses in order to struggle as part of a national movement.The study of any of the Communist Party in Iraq and unreliable biography by his leadership or in the formation of the first seed but depends on the precise description of any Tater environment on the party and how the internal system of the party agreement and objectives with the environment in which he appeared in the Communist Party came one as one of the political parties in Iraq witnessed by the history of modern Iraq, the Communist Party has been counted as one of the effective Iraqi parties and had an influential role in the Iraqi arena and in particular he carries the banner for the defense of the working class Aomaytaleg in the literature of the toilers Awalbroolttiaraa, but this Flajb Vantoy under his banner and led at the beginning of the founding of Aad cells of sons including those working classes of workers and peasants, as well as Aln was the Communist Party's positions on national and regional issues 0Highlighted messege light on the subject for this message of what is owned by the party from the date of Tzal and the multiplicity of its activities being did not address the domestic side, and the most prominent books by the Communists, who Ngado a lot of negatives or from opponents who Tamdo criticism and abuse of the party right and the right answer for many of these questions can be found in the message. Subject of the message of the Communist Party in South presentation Aq (1935 - 1958) as a subject not taught study a local previously and how formed cells in Basra, southern Iraq and Almentvk and architecture and how it reaches Yusuf Salman Yusuf Fahd of establishing Guy brigades cells South and work on linking South cells cells Baghdad during Phase Iraq, which witnessed the great political events overthrow of the monarchy in Iraq and the establishment of a republican system and the Communist Party in southern Iraq, where the leading and effective role and can not blur the features of those events.Included a letter introduction and a conclusion and Dahrt fraught with four chapters The first chapter discusses the crystallization of socialist thought and Platform for Action by building cells in the south with belonging to the party, configure socialist cells in Baghdad and stage founding socialist cells in Basra and the formation of socialist cells in Almentvk and composition of the Socialist cells in the brigade architecture.Highlighted the second chapter highlights the new phase of the history of the founding of the Communist Party in the south of Iraq in Basra and Almentvk architecture political Early and intellectual activity in which Yusuf Salman Yusuf Fahd took the active role of the Communist Party in Antgadh Suq in the brigade Almentvk in 1935 causes and events, results and position of the Communist Party in the south of the Bakr Sidqi coup and the formation of the Ministry Hikmat Sulayman and result Zguet Yusuf Salman Yusuf and prosecuted by the authorities Aztr travel to Moscow for the purpose of study and variability response Communist Party did in the south of the May movement in 1941 and the difficulty in that stage of not less difficult than its predecessor through exposure Party Communist in the south to the prosecution governing authority in the south and the arrest of the party's leadership and incarcerations Then came the defections numerous ranks phase which alone by Abdullah Masoud Quraini as well as deprivation of citizenship of the most prominent leaders and despite the lack of vacation to work public so exercised by the Communist Party of covert action names Different is no secret that the period which saw its leaders leading to arrest and foot on the execution of a number of them at the beginning of February 1949, which hit Mae Communist Party in the south, although the Communist Party took the leadership in the south but they were not to have the capacity TC to face the governing authority which resorted power to the closing of many of them and thrown them in jail and try to rein in the party and minimize his role in those positions which for in backing by the member states Alcolmntron communist parties, which was held in 1954, and was the most prominent guests of the Iraqi Communist Party.The third chapter dealt with strikes and uprisings unions and peasant in the south was for labor strikes in the District of Basra, an important role in 1951 and strike the Basra oil company workers in 1952 and the uprising of the Frreis 1951 in the District of Alaamarh and the position of the Communist Party in the south of them, and it was the role of the Communist Party, which in the uprising The Zerg in 1953 and shows the extent of the role of the Communist Party, which in spite of the pressures and prosecutions and Alaatqa lattes by the authority, which protect against the sails of the party in the South to expand its activities.The fourth chapter has focused on the study of Alhzbmn political, economic and social issues, the position has included the first part, the Baghdad Pact in 1955 and the position of rejecting his party and the uprising in favor of tripartite aggression against Egypt in October 1956, and the form of the party with the strength other national alliance establishment Jebbeh National to contest the parliamentary elections and several The Communist Party in the south alignment nationally by the National Union Front to face the governing authority in Iraq Aamta and south as especially either economically deteriorate agrarian reform and oil policy monopoly law in Iraq and the deterioration of industry and labor migration from the countryside to the city and the position of the party, including the Lama of social issues in terms of the division of society the layers and the deterioration of education and the deteriorating health situation which led to the outbreak of diseases in Iraq
الصفحات الاولى:

موقف الاتحاد السوفيتي من الحرب الاهلية الصينية 1944 - 1950 The Soviet Unions Stance On Chinese Civil War 1944 - 1950

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عائدة سامي محمد الهاشم
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: حيدر عبد الرضا حسن التميمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: In the aft ermath of the second world war ( 1939 - 1945 - , the wolrd witnessed , particularly in south East Asia , a competition between the Soviet Union and the United states of exercise domination in that area. the government of Moscow however , played an important role on the international area in the aftermath the cold war ( 1945 - 1991 ). This has resulted in changing the maps of so. many superpowers mainly the Republic of China the Soviet Union showed a special concern and due to do many reasons , To embrace this concern , the thesis has come under the title : The Soviet Union's Stance or Chinese Civil War 1944 - 1950.The plan of the thesis dictates that the division is made on the historical sequence of the events of the civic War. The thesis consists of an introduction , tower chapters and a conclusion.Chapter One offers a historical background about the internal political developments in China and their impact on the relations with the Soviet Union. Events in China were traced eversince the 1911 Revolution , and the rise of the revolutionary tendency among the Chinese youths. The most significant results in this respect was the launching of the Chine's Communist party.Moscow , as a result established strong relations with the powerful parnties in Chine. After the death of the founder of the party , aspects of the civil war between the two parties. Significantly , the Soviet policy witnessed a clear change , in the Soviet policy.Chapter Two addresses itself to the task of dealing the Soviet diplomacy and the Chines Civil War 1944 - 1946. The chapter isdivided into two sections , the first tackles the position of the Soviet union on the American attempts to prevent the outbreak of the Chinese civil War , while the second deals with the policy the Soviet union towards the conflict or the rift between the Chinese National and the Communist parties 1945 - 1946.The Soviet union's position on the balance of powers in the interests of the Communists is the topic of Chapter Three , from December 1947 to February 1949. The Chapter includes three sections ranging from the Soviet attitude towards the Chinese Communist Party to the resut of the discussions between those concerned.Chapter Four deals with Moscow's position on victories achieved by the Chinese communists party at the final stages of the Chinese Civil War , and the declaration that the Republic of China was established.The chapter , correspond fly , includes three sections ; the last of which is concerned with the Soviet recognition of the people's Republic of China along with the Soviet China alliance in 1950.
الصفحات الاولى:

الاحزاب والتنظيمات السياسية في الصومال (1943 - 1969) Political Organizations And Parties In Somalia (1943 - 1969)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: انعام عبد العظيم شاهين
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: عمار فاضل حمزة عباس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: تناولت هذه الدراسة الاحزاب والتنظيمات السياسية في الصومال، والظروف التي مهدت لنشاة الاحزاب والمتمثلة بالنظام القبلي الصومالي والتغلغل الاستعماري وما خلف من التفرقة والتقسيم بين القبائل الصومالية والذي ادى الى ظهور الحركات الوطنية المسلحة ولاسيما ثورة الدر | This study deals with the Political organizations and Parties in Somalia and the Conditions that lead to the establishment of the parties exemplified by the Somalian tribal system and the colonial penetration which consequently led to the separation and division of the Somalian tribes. This led to the appearance of armed national movements especially AL Daraweesh revolution lead by Muhammad Abdullah Bin Hasan. this affected in the appearance of the first political orqanizations and parties in regional , tribal and national Somalia especially the Samalian Youth Unian Party which played avital role in Somalian politics from the second World War and the period of Italian wardship up to 1960 and the caming of the general Siad Bari who led the military coup and ended the multiple party experience and entered the party in to the singular party sestem. The thesis includes an interoduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter deals with the conditions of Somalia before the appearance of the political organizations and parties in Somalia.It is divided into three sections. The first section dealt with the location and its importance to Somalia ؛ and the tribe and its roles. The secand section , on the other hand , tackles the colonial penetration an Somalia and its division of the country into five parts and the consequent conditions. The therd section focused on the national armed movements especially the revolusian dervishes led by Mujahid Mohammed Abdullah Hassan and the emergence of the first political organizations. the second chapter touched, to political parties and organizations in the period (1943 - 1950) has included three sections, dealing with the first part, political parties and organizations nationalism, eat second topic parties and regional political organizations tribal, and the third on the position of political parties and organizations of the Somali issue during the period (1945 - 1950) and the arrival of the international jury, and included the third quarter of Somalia under Italian trusteeship and even independence (1950 - 1960), a consists of three sections, singled out the first part, the Italian trusteeship Somalia and the formation of the Advisory Board and regional councils and the formation of the first Ministry of Somali, while the second section Vochts political parties and organizations that have emerged in the Italian trusteeship period is also a nationalist and tribal regional parties with respect to the third section the position of political parties and organizations of Education, language and economic issues, while the fourth chapter has touched on the position of the parties of the political developments in Somalia during the civil rule (1960 - 1969), which also consists of three Investigation, singled out the first section of independence and the problems faced by the nascent state, while the second section dealt with the position of the parties political in that period of the Somalia National issues (lost territories) the third section Vochts conflicts political leaders to power and the end of the multi - party coup led by Major General Mohamed Siad Barre, as contained Conclusion on the important results of the parties and political organizations in Somalia and how to end these parties a military coup in 1969 which abolished all.
الصفحات الاولى:

التطورات السياسية الداخلية للولايات المتحدة الامريكية في عهد الرئيس توماس جيفرسون (1801 ـ 1809) The Internal Political Developments Of The United States Of America In The Period Of Thomas Jefferson (1801 - 1809)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: محمود عبد المحسن ناصر العلي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: خولة طالب لفتة الحميداوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: first decade of the nineteenth century holds with it an important stage from the date of the United States of the internal political, During that period had not been passed on the establishment of the U.S. government as the Government of the Constitution ofـ legislative, executive and judicial ـ more than eleven years announcement of the U.S. Constitution 1789 until the beginning of the nineteenth century, but had not on the nation U.S. an independent state of a sovereign their mandates of the three ten more than seventeen. of Day announcement of Independence U.S. from Britain in 1783 until the beginning of the following century. The present study to shed light on an important stage of the life of Thomas Jefferson political and at the level of domestic politics represented in the duration of his position as the third U.S. president in 1801 and even the end of the second term in 1809 after that took consecutive, lies the importance of this period in it is the first time dominated in which the Republican Party Democratic on the legislative and of Congress and executive of the presidency, after that was However, Unionist Party, while the judicial authority has remained in the possession of the party last. It is obvious is also known to all that the different views of the parties opposing reflected on the nature of the work of those parties, so felt researcher that addresses in his reasons for that the dispute from the beginning through the included within the introductory chapter. It is during that details emerge last, what are the measures to the new government of Republican Party Democratic and President Thomas Jefferson, through all this period? This question will be the entire cited study of the details, it has sought to the new president to several measures to mention of them First : to reconcile the parties as much as possible, Second : to achieve his dreams to expand towards the territory Bank by buying new territory, Third : to reconcile the legislative and executive and the one hand and the judicial authority of the other hand. Is it will succeed President Thomas Jefferson in his quest? in spite of that the United States U.S. has become a country with the Constitution of the Government of return to the year 1781, the internal political developments witnessed by the through eight years the first of the nineteenth century( 1801 1809), can be by the concept of( evolution' s New to the United States U.S.), in order to the outcome of him the state of many changes, including its powers of the three( legislative, the Executive, the judicial). On the other hand U.S. President Thomas Jefferson, who took the state presidency during this period, score was the most prominent in the nature of these developments, although he a series of government positions internal and external, its role as had a big impact to change the many of the internal policies
الصفحات الاولى:

بريطانيا وايرلندا الحرة : دراسة في العلاقات السياسية 1939 - 1945 Britain And Free Ireland A Study In Political Relations 1939 - 1945

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: يوسف طه حسين القريشي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فرقد عباس قاسم المياحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This dissertation aims at making the Arabs and researchers realize the major aspects of the British - Irish relations in most dangerous period, the Second World War. This study follows up the reasons behind the Irish state refusing of the British demands of the military facilities, especially the using of the Irish ports as well. Moreover, the study discusses the nature of political relations between Britain and Ireland during the Second World War and its effects on war.The study begin in 1939,because it is the year that witnessed the outbreak of the Second World War and at end in 1945 in which Hitler’s defeating in Europe. The study falls into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. In the first chapter the researcher sheds light on historical background of the British - Irish relations. This chapter focuses on the British occupation of Ireland from early time and the political developments of the relations between Britain and Ireland since the Irish independence up to September 1939.In the second chapter the researcher studies the British - Irish relations from the outbreak of the Second World War up to 1941.The researcher focuses on the Irish attitude towards the military developments of war since early time up to U.S.A. declaration of war against the Aix powers, the British efforts to get the military facilities from Ireland, and follows up the reasons behind the Irish state to refuse the British demands.The chapter three devoted to discuss the international developments and its results on the British - Irish relations from 1942 up to 1943.The researcher focuses on the U.S.A. efforts to improve the British - Irish relations, the Irish reactions on the landing of the American troops on the north Ireland, and the Irish resistance of the Allied demands of the putting up the propaganda and spy of the Aix powers in Ireland. Finally, this chapter deals with the Welch’s visiting to London and its effects on the British - Irish relations. The last chapter devotes to deal with the continuance of the British demands from 1943 up to 1945.The researcher tries to discuss the Irish resistance of the British demands on dismissing of the Aix diplomats from Ireland, the Irish attitude towards the last developments of war, the British demands not to grant asylum to war criminals of the Aix powers, and its demands to hand over the German detainees in Ireland.As for the conclusion, it is as a summary of the most important results that the researcher arrived it
الصفحات الاولى:

الثورة المكسيكية 1910 - 1940 : دراسة تاريخية The Mexican Revolution 1910 - 1940 Historical Study

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عقيل جعيز شمخي السهلاني
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ابراهيم فنجان صدام الامارة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Did not receive historical and political issues for countries the Americas interest academic studies in Iraq, except for the study of the history of the United States and positions on many issues around the world, to the United States from a broad relationships global position as a major country, so it remained date the Americas states unknown is not addressed to him only through the study of European history since the start of the geographical statements, because of the political weight of Europe in that era, and the strength of the ruling European households able to roots date manufactured in the Americas, and stuck to the lead in writing and drafted in accordance with the historical and the European political perspective. Given the changing political situation in the Americas as a result of the liberation movements of European colonialism, especially after the American War of Independence in 1776, linked the peoples of the Americas Association of law, citizenship and belonging and state sovereignty in a new way. This has resulted in all the new events and new variables from which emerged the new date as part independently of European history, and it became necessary to study the history completely independent way from what it was before independence. It is fitting that academic studies trending in Iraq toward areas and historical issues that has not received sufficient attention commensurate historical value new perspective, emphasizes the study of circumstances and experiences of these countries and the size of the similarity between them and the Arab states in the tragedy of division and retail inherited Arab and American countries of European colonization, including where Iraq. Before that democracy achieved in many American states, had to pass through several stages of the struggle, succeeded in some of them, and failed in others, but the struggle for democracy has never abated, it has witnessed the Americas in the early twentieth century revolutions several In order to achieve democracy was the most important subject of the study of the Mexican Revolution. The importance of this revolution back to several reasons, not necessarily called for the study was the most important. Historical extension of the revolution, because the revolution was the outcome of political and social developments and serious economic passed out of Mexico since the Spanish occupation in 1519 have until the fall of dictatorship under Broferrio Diaz in 1910 at the hands of Francisco Madero. That era that changed the moral concepts of the social level, and made Mexico ample vast American intervention at the political level, a cheap commodity and foreign investment in the market at the economic level. The Revolution the lead in advocating the values of socialism worldwide and the first missionary out, as it was the first revolution in the twentieth century has inspired a lot of American States freedom and independence, thus this would be a major historical turning point towards global socialism that has taken root quite the Bolshevik revolution in Russia and its ideology of Marxism in 1917, but the revolution in Mexico has not received as much attention is given to the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia. The reason for this is the different ideological visions between the two revolutions, and the export of socialist principles mechanism for other countries, Russia has worked on the export of the socialist doctrine of the world, and Mexico provided only in the framework of American States. The length of time it took the Revolution, which lasted forty years, in which he expressed a continuing insistence of the Mexican people to aspire to freedom and to the establishment of a civil state based on democratic institutions. Mexico also saw a succession in which many governments because of the large number of political conflicts and growing competition in the access to the top of the pyramid of government in the state, as well as changes in the political arena of uprisings and rebellions and counter - revolutions. Permanent political conflict between Mexico and the United States because of the border overlap between the two countries, and the continuation of hatred between the two peoples, because remnants of the Mexican - American War 1846 - 1848, which manifested itself what is known as (b waiver Mexican) all from Texas, Florida and Chrinland to the United States, as well as US concerns Mexico from being sucked toward the socialist bloc led by the Soviet Union in the framework of the World Socialist capitalist race. The class struggle, who grew up under the dictatorship of Diaz, whose impact on the overall social relations in Mexico, which split the Mexican community and the jurisprudence of the two categories of workers, farmers, and gave rise to a lot of uprisings and revolts and strikes led to the result of dismembering the society which form difficult to contain conflicting attitudes in under the Mexican Revolution. So a lot of those so - revolution social revolution. Revolution split into two phases, the first armed struggle involved and spread within the period 1910 - 1920, the second is the stage of the reconstruction of Mexico from 1920 to 1940. And the size of the political challenges faced in the context of those eras. The aim of the study is to show the importance of this revolution, and the analysis of the roles that passed out politically, socially and economically, which crossed the whole for (unanimously for the birth of Mexico current), as well as the desire that this study be suitable to understand a lot of problems that are related to American history away ground import perceptions of Western literature and studies. Besides contributing to fill the vacuum in the Iraqi libraries studying this historic area. Was chosen in 1910, the beginning of the subject, because it is the year that was sparked by the revolution at the hands of Francisco Madero, and fell by the Government Breviro Diaz after thirty - four years of dictatorial rule passage, and your search is over in 1940 after the end of Cardenas rule which put an end to the end of the revolution, so Btamima Mexican oil and apply it the Law of Agrarian Reform and lay Constitution, which was founded on the jurisprudence of the modern Republic of Mexico and the handover of the National Revolutionary Party, which lasted for the next sixty years
الصفحات الاولى:

دور كنعان ايفرين السياسي والعسكري في تركيا (1980 - 1989) The Role Of Kenan Evren Political And Military In Turkey (1980 - 1989 )

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: فضاء حازم عبد الحسين المحمداوي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: خلود عبد اللطيف عبد الوهاب
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The thesis is The role of Kenan Evren political and military In Turkey (1980 - 1989) This study centres on the political and military role of General Kenan Evrin in the contemporary history of Turkey for the years 1980 - 1989. Gen. Evrin is considered a character that had a direct impact on the historical events in Turkey , for he played a major role in the economic , political and social changes in modern Turkey, particularly after he led the coup d'etat in 1980 and became the head of the national security council and finally the president of the Turkish Republic until his resignation in 1989. What has characterized this study is its tackling of important subjects such as the motives behind the coup and the US role in it , and all the political , social , economic and foreign policy transformations that ensued from it.because of the importance of this period in the interned policy of Turkey and the absence of an academic research in Iraqi libraries that converse that important political period. This study falls into an introduction , three chapters , a conclusion and some appendices.The introduction investigates the nature of the interior and foreign situations in Turkey as well as the factors behind the processes making the political decisions.Chapter One sheds light on the motives that prompted the coup in 1980 , the formation of a military government headed by Kenan Evrin , and its decisions. The chapter also deals with the drafting of 1982 constitution and putting it to a referendum.Chapter Two studies Evrin's role in the interior and foreign policies of Turkey and all the changes that came as a result of the coup. Additionally, this chapter tackles the importance of the decisions and fiats taken by Evrin concerning the interior issues in Turkey such as the problem of the Kurdish and Armenian minorities. Chapter Three deals with the foreign policies of Turkey under President Kenan Evrin from a fundamental reality which is that Turkey is major country bordering on the Arab world and has an important strategic geographical posision in addition to its strong relationships with the west , especially the United States of America.The 1980 coup came as a response to some political, security , social and economis issues witnessed by Turkey during the 1970s , and the emergence of many attempts to redraw the political map of Turkey. These factors are the causes that motivated the military leaders to interefere in the political life and the imposition of their conditions and procedures concerning political participation in Turkey. This study addressed a historical ear that it was very important for history of Turkey , The Internal situation and external international political and military did a big tolyto get a leader with qualities (Kenan Evrin ) to the rule and not get 1970of the last centery with clear development in infrastructure for Turk society ( Agricultural - inclusterial - tracle ) for Turk society but it couldn’t do a successful solutions to it. but Turk did through this act and tried to develop its democratic. And it helped to establish political parties which got its chance to its political goals , Who did its goals dnd trieclto do with ideas with wrong ways , This practices lead to dangerway during 1970 , Some of them used a political violence to get the power , So the Turk society may get a civil war , The governments which get the power were so weak and couldn’t do or to solve any problems in this decade. Kenan Evren has got a military person that he had a high position in Turkish government. He believed with Mostafa Kamels concepts that take responsibility to keep them after threats and me got in Ataturk celebration in 1980. Which tried to get rid of terrorism and political violence. And tried to repair the damage in the country. The coup in 1980 which came for the political developments and socio - economic - security political witnessed Turkey. in 1970 and many efforts which appeared to make a political map in Turkey and efforts. These evidence were to military leaders with their terms in politics. This is which happened after in 1980 and the issuance of the constitution in 1982 with the other procedures.
الصفحات الاولى:

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الاميركية تجاه الهند (1964 - 1972) United State Of America Policy Toward India (1964 - 1972)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: حيدر عبد العالي جبر
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: كاظم هيلان محسن السهلاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: الحمد لله رب العالمين والصلاة والسلام على اشرف الخلق اجمعين محمد المصطفى واله الطيبين الطاهرين......اما بعد...فان دراسة السياسة الخارجية الاميركية تحظى باهمية كبيرة في التاريخ الدولي المعاصر؛ لان فهم تلك السياسة اصبح ضرورة ملحة؛ نظرا لكونها تشكل القطب | The study tries to study an important topic which is related to the international relation ,more specifically it is American - Indian relations. After Indian gained its independence in 1947, it endeavored to build her bases foreign policy to ensure its independence and to prevent itself from any external interference detrimental, especially after the beginning of the cold war between to main poles United States and Soviet Union.In that period the events an any place of the world had affected by this relation between tow poles in way or Another the cold war synchronized within India's independence, so it endeavored to keep its independence by following neutrality policy. Then talk about the thesis of American - Indian relations in the era of President Nixon and Johnson during the period 1964 - 1972oukd Tenth three ministers and heads of Indians are Jawaharlal Nehru، Lal Bahadur Shastri and Indira Gandhi varied according to the United Alaqtbalolayat international circumstances and the problems faced by India.The study divided the five chapters and an introduction and a conclusion, with supplements, and the first chapter titled stages of the American political evolution, and was divided into two sections presidents first dealt with the concept of foreign policy of the United States to recognize the historical context of the concept, while the second section focused on the mechanisms American political decision - making. As for the second chapter, which came titled US policy toward India 1947 - 1964 he served as an introductory chapter indispensable gives a clear and focused on US policy for the period that preceded the duration of the study image, has been divided into four topics Head first section dealt with the strategic importance of India for US policy, while highlighted the second section highlights the Indian - American political relations, has been highlighted and adequately on the nature of those relationships during the Eisenhower and Kennedy, while singled out the third section of the policy of the United States economic toward India, and in this study were addressed this aspect something detail; to understand its importance in American policy tools. The fourth section, which dealt with the position of the United States towards the Indian foreign conflicts, this section included three axes Axis I touched on US policy toward India - Pakistan conflict over Kashmir state, indicating the most prominent positions Washington from that conflict and the other Axis Turning to the US position on the Sino - Indian war in 1962, which saw the US support and clear the Indian side and the third axis focused on the United States 'position in the Indian conflict - Portuguese on "Goa" region (Goa) 1961, highlighting the United States' position from that conflict and its reflection on the US - India relations. While the Third chapter focused on political Johnson to internal developments in India 1964 - 1968 This chapter section on the three sections Head as eating the first part, the Johnson administration's position on the pay Shastri - Andrigandhi prime minister of India, and in this section the focus was to see the position of Washington political changes after the death of Nehru, and how to deal with these variables, while the second section focused on Johnson's policy toward Indian food crisis of 1965 - 1967, and finally focused on the position of the third section of the Johnson administration to developments in the Indian nuclear file 1964 - 1968. While highlighted in the fourth chapter on the attitudes of mutual countries towards key issues such as the Indian armament issues that separated in the first section of this chapter, and devoted the second topic to talk about the Indian position on the Vietnam issue and its impact on their relationship with the United States, while the third section focused on US position from the second Kashmir war in 1965. The final chapter has focused on Nixon's policy towards India 1969 - 1972 has been divided into four first Investigation eat the nature of American - Indian relations during the period above, while the second topic of Indian - Soviet relations and their impact on US relations, and the third on the Nixon administration's position on the repercussions Bengali crisis and, finally, the fourth section focused on the US position of the outbreak of the 1971 India - Pakistan war.The study was based on a number of diverse sources, which published documents formed the basic source material for scientific material, these documents have supported the basic references, by people who were directly related to the events.Finally, I hope that I have been successful in my modest knowledge of the extent commensurate with the subject of the study, and it may be that I have been able to prepare an academic study draws in that period of American policy toward India landmarks.
الصفحات الاولى:

مشكلة المان السوديتفي تشيكوسلوفاكيا 1938 - 1946 Sudeten Germans Problem In Czechoslovakia 1938 - 1946

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: علي عبود محمد
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فرقد عباس قاسم المياحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2014
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: This research dealt with the problem of Sudeten Germans in Czechoslovakia from the conference of Munich of 1938 up to 1946. This topic is very important. This research divided into introduction, preface, three chapters and a conclusion. The introduction dealt with the historical background of the Sudeten Germans - Czech relations from early times up to September 1938.The first chapter focused on the conference of Munich of 1938 and its effects on the Sudeten Germans problem, establishment of the second state of Czechoslovakia, the attitude of Sudeten Germans towards the German occupation of Czechoslovakia in 1939,the Czech political efforts in exile to get a recognition of the great powers of the Czech new state in exile, and their efforts to persuade the Great powers to deportation of Sudeten Germans from Czechoslovakia after the end of war. The Second chapter discussed the problem of Student Germans from March 1945 up to May 1945.This chapter explained the liberation of Czechoslovakia by Soviet and American troops, and its effects on the Sudeten Germans in Czechoslovakia. The chapter dealt with the attitude of new Czech state towards the Sudeten Germans during this period. The third chapter discussed the problem of Sudeten Germans from June 1945 up to 1946.This period witnessed operations of deportation of Sudeten Germans by Czech peoples and government. The chapter dealt with the Potsdam conference and its effects on the Sudeten Germans
الصفحات الاولى:

قاعدة ويلس واثرها في العلاقات الامريكية الليبية 1951 - 1970 Wheelus Military Base And Its Effect Upon Libyan American Relations 1951 - 1970

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: اكرام حسن كامل الكعبي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ابراهيم فنجان صدام الامارة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Wheelus Military Base and its Effect upon Libyan - American Relations 1951 - 1970.The Wheelus Military base has been considered as one of the most important bases in the American strategic considerations since its location has a strategic importance relative to other American bases in the Middle East and Europe. Further, this base has enjoyed increasing significance in respect to the rising tension between the United States and Soviet Union during the cold war. Accordingly, Keeping the presence of American power in that base has taken an essential domain in its policy towards Libya in particular and the Middle East in general. Thus, this work is conducted for an attempt to shed light on the importance of this base in exposing the relations between America and Libya and showing its impact on the region where Al - Nasitisin and its national trend have been rising clearly and it has affected Arabic public opinion supported by the Soviet Union. The thesis is choosing 1951 as a starting point for discussion since this period declared Libyan Independence and it made a pact with the United States focusing on managing the American presence in that base. In addition, 1970 is considered the end of the period being argued in this work for it represents the American withdrawal from the base.The work consists of an introduction, preliminaries and four chapters besides a conclusion. In the preliminaries, the Italia occupation against Libya in 1911 is preliminaries, the Italia occupation against Libya in 1911 is presented and discussed. That occupation had established an airport in 1923 near Trebles sued for repressing the public resistance, and how this airport became the American control during the Second World War. Also, this chapter includes a discussion about the American interest in this airport after the war and about how America was managing it till 1951 when The United States supported Libyan independence in the United Nations on the basis of holding a pact aiming at its guaranteed existence in the airport which Iately became known as Wheelus Base.The first chapter devoted to explain the Importance of the Base in U.S. - Libyan relations and Its effect in renewal it (1951 - 1954), and the talks that held about it and its renewal in 1954. The second chapter that entitled (the effect of Base in U.S - Libyan relations between 1955 - 1969. We dealt also with the increasing of importance of the Base in close relations between U.S. and Libya 1955 - 1964. We dealt with coolness of U.S. - Libyan relations as well.The third chapter interested in the popular position in Libya towards the Base.We explained the impact on the U.S. - Libyan Relations till 1969. It explained also the impact of Nassir's Speech on foreign bases in Libya, and Its effect in inflammation this situation. The four chapter entitled ((Wheelus Base and the U.S. - Libyin Relations after 1969 Coup detet 1969 - 1970)) concerned with the negotiations between the two parties that led to evacuate the base
الصفحات الاولى:

مصلحة الموانئ العراقية 1958 - 1963 : دراسة تاريخية لفعاليات دوائرها وانجازاتها في ضوء مجلة الموانئ A Historical Study Of The Activities, Achievement And Department Of Iraqiport Corporation From 1958 To 1963 In The Light Of Al - Mawani Magazine

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: فادية يعكوب يوسف
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: كاظم باقر علي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: Iraqi Port Corporation from 1958 to 1963 : A Historical Study The study deals with the activities, achievements and various departments of Iraqi Port Corporation (IPC). The study consists of an introduction and analysis to the references consulted. It sheds light, also, on the magazine which was published by IPC after the revolution of July 14, 1958. The magazine covered the different activities of IPC. Editors specified a peculiar approach from the first day of publication to the cancellation of the magazine after the coup of February 8, 1963. The magazine is considered as an important reference that identifies the achievements of the IPC because it depends on the archive of the corporation which is full of important documents. It was considered as an encyclopedia because it tacked different topic in literature, sport and culture in general. The contributors wrote on different topics as translations of Aramaic poetry and English poetry.Chapter Two tackles the achievements of IPC like salary increase and supplying suitable housing for the employees; Chapter Three covers daywages workers. Those people were not well paid unlike contractors who used to hire them who received the highest charge. Chapter Four deals with the sport achievement of Port Sport Club as the pioneer club in the area. It was responsible for the development of sport activities of IPC and for setting up different types of sport activities especially in football, basketball, volleyball, body building and weight lifting. The study has arrived at some conclusions which can be concluded in the following : 1 - IPC was a British foundation in terms of administration and organization.2 - IPC witnessed remarkable expansion and development from 1915 to 1917 and from 1941 to 1945 due to the world wars. 3 - IPC witnessed a drastic development after the 1958 revolution when General Mizhir Al - Shawi became DG of the corporation. He exerted a remarkable effort to develop IPC. One of his achievements was the layoff of all British employees.4 - IPC provided different services to the employees when General Al - Shawi provided suitable housing to all the staff.5 - Parallel to his achievements at the level, Al - Shawi was keen to develop and improve the reputation of IPC at the international level by providing the beat service to the ships.6 - Platform workers were provided with the best equipment that played a vital role in the development of their work. 7 - Workshops for maintenance were established during the era of Al - Shawi.8 - Sport activities were strongly supported by DG of the corporation at that time Mr. Al - Shawi.
الصفحات الاولى:

الملاحة في الانهر العراقية وموقف القبائل العراقية العربية منها 1869 - 1914 The Navigation In Iraq Rivers And The Position Of The Iraqi Arabian Tribes, From It During 1869 - 1914

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: فراس ابراهيم حميد التميمي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: حسين علي المصطفى
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: There is no doubt that God specialized Iraq with many characteristics that are not found at many states. So they followed many rivers and the people took their navigable agriculture and trade roads. Each country had its own geographical position that had its features but the role of that position was dangerous in history such as Iraq. Iraq is away between west and east and it occurred in the center of the Islamic world. Iraq is called as Mesopotamia because of the presence of Tigris and Euphrates, where their presence and the integration of Iraqi man had great role of Iraqi civilization since the ancient times, as well as their use for transporting goods form north of Iraq to the south. The concern startled with divagation in Iraqi rivers arguments since many centuries and this is confirmed by the archaeological waste and old Iraqi blogs. The water ways were the main means to transport people and good for ancient Iraqi people. the reason behind the wide spread of using this means is the presence water wags in Mesopotamia and easiness of using them. Wherever less using of these roads, the rivers wags helped the Iraqi people to use them for many purposes in their military and commercial uses, where information military indicates. most of the military and commercial activities that made by the Iraqi people in that time, they were using ships of their cities like Akd Babylon and Ur, and this is why the Iraqi kings concerned with navigation because of its important role in enhancing their military and capacities since the year 572 BC. The King Nebuchadnezzar had cleared the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, and the canals had been built to simplify the navigation in the two rivers and made them good for relive the ships that came from the Arab gulf. The nineteenth - century was a turning point in the history of Iraq in general and in particular the commercial transporting in particular especially the navigation rivers that the age was the early beginning of the commercial transporting in Iraq. This significantly contributed to fulfil the interests in the development of river navigation, and as a result it was enjoyed by Iraqi strategic location between the Mediterranean Sea and the Arabian Gulf. The incidence transport on the road to India whereby in Iraq during the past third and fourth of the nineteenth century the process of scanning the Tigris and Euphrates rivers and proved those. However, operations validity River Tigris navigation mandate of Med hat Pasha of Iraq being of contributed navigation an important role in the development of economic and social conditions in Iraq, with the opening of the Suez Canal and enter the modern transportation led to the occurrence of significant shifts in the Iraqi economy in the forefront of growth and expansion of the movement of internal and external trade.the navigation in Iraq collapsed with the emergence of some of the new Iraqi cities along the Tigris River in particular.this has been become a being of areas where ships stop river transport companies, such as the castle town Salah and other cities. the importance of navigation in those rivers in Iraq was for Iraqi Tribes dwelling on the banks of rivers attitude no matter which was Petard hatha continuing on vessels operating in the collapsed The terms were behind those exposures are a number of reasons it was the first of the policy by the Ottoman authorities so those tribes started to make exposure to commercial vessels as it has taken this technique as a tool. pressure on the Ottoman authorities for the purpose of reconsidering its policy direction of the clans, or use Britain as a tool to pressure the government of the Ottoman when they are on British ships, was also one of the reasons the ongoing conflicts between the tribes themselves, so the authorities tried to Ottoman and British all means to gain the trust of the elders clan or resort to force if necessary to end the exposures clan and punished.
الصفحات الاولى:

الصراع الاندونيسي - الماليزي 1962 - 1966 The Indonesian - Malaysian Conflict 1962 - 1966

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: فاطمة جاسم محمد الخزاعي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: كاظم هيلان محسن السهلاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2015
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The present thesis deals with a fundamental historical topic represented in the Indonesian - Malaysian conflict 1962 - 1966. The researcher has made a careful approach and offered an objective diagnosis of the main causes and consequences of such conflict. The choice of this topic was motivated by the regional importance of the area which Indonesia and Malaysia occupy in Asia itself and for the international interests. The present research endeavored to identify how the confrontation was originated and developed. Sabah and Sarawak islands were the centre of the confrontation between Indonesia and Malaysia and the underlying conflict between the Socialism - Imperialism cold in south - east Asia. The significance of the time duration is justified by the fact that 1962 represents the announcement of the Malaysian Union which includes Malayan Union, Singapore, Brunei, Sabah and Sarawak. In addition to this, 1962 was the year in which the Indonesian Opposition was formed to counteract the union. On the other end, 1966 was the end date for such conflict upon signing a peace treaty between Indonesia and Malaysia after Sukarno was dethroned and the coming of Suharto to the deck. Indonesia recognized Sabah and Sarawak islands as Malaysian territory. The present thesis was structured purposefully as follows : The introductory chapter encapsulated a brief introduction on the main topic, the reason of the choice of the topic, the methodology of the research and a brief analysis of the available references. This chapter also presents the reader with a geographical analysis of the south - east Asia , especially Indonesia and Malaysia. It also traces the nature of the historical relations between the Malaysian states and Indonesia as well as the Indonesian - Malawian relations prior to the formation of the Malaysian Union between (1945 - 1961). Chapter 2 elaborates on the efforts being undertaken in forming the Malaysian Union in addition to the opposition of Brunei Sultanate in 1962. Chapter 3 came to enunciate a comprehensive definition for the Confrontation Policy in and Malaysian Union formation in 1963. There were various reactions towards the formation of such union at the international level. This chapter explores the steps of the Malaysian union in the 16th of July, 1963 and the regional positions towards it. Chapter 4 is dedicated to develop a clear perspective on the position held by the United States towards the Indonesian - Malaysian conflict in 1964. Chapter 5 underlines the separation of Malaysia and the Indonesian - Malaysian relations during the period between 1965 - 1966. The present study came up with a number of conclusions and suggestions for further research projects to take the subject matter further on the reason why Indonesia failed to prevent the formation of the Malaysian union despite its opposition and the military conflict which last for 4 years
الصفحات الاولى:

الموقف المصري من الحركة الوطنية التونسية 1945 - 1956 Egyptian Attitude Of The Tunisian National Movement 1945 - 1956

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: حمادي سلمان حمادي الفلاحي
الجامعة: جامعة الانبار
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: كهلان كاظم حلمي القيسي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2013
مكان الجامعة: الانبار
الصفحات الاولى:

الازمة التشيكوسلوفاكية 5 كانون الثاني - 26 اب لسنة 1968

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عيسى سعد عيسى
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: جاسم محمد هايس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The crisis began Czechoslovak on the fifth of January 1968 on the impact of isolating President Antui Novotny from the presidencya of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of Czechoslovakia and handed the chairmanship political Slovak Alexander Dubk a policy reform has adopted the latest political reform known as the Prague Spring, and this, and since the first day he Dubcek conduct A number of economic reforms and internal and external political and even reforms included the role of the Communist Party in the state which led to the isolation of elements of anti - reform and replaced them with elements of the Communist Party who believe in change for the advancement of the country after being hit by paralysis in all respects, and that's what exciting leaders Soviets and the countries of NATO and laid They accused Dubcek trying to get out of the socialist bloc despite the emphasis on friendship and treaties that bind Czechoslovak with the rest of the block, especially after The introduction of Dubcek work program of the government reform, prompting the Soviet Union to the request for a large number of meetings in several areas in Dresden and in the laid Moscow and Tichernand Tissot and finally in Bratislava, and all of these meetings ask Dubcek and the government to stop the work program, which aims to deviation in the ideology of the Communist Party, but that Dubcek and reformist government influenced walk towards the complete funeral approval of the terms of the government's program, and when he did not find the Soviet Union and the countries of Eastern Bloc ears foreach funeral During the meetings, decided to use a military solution to crush this spring, which intends to change sex Czechoslovak from a communist state to a capitalist country and this money allows him and this set off Soviet tanks with the help of Poland, Hungary, Bulgaria and East Germany in the atheist Twenty - August 1968 and arrested Dubcek and all the leaders Astalahin to Moscow, and the plan was to replace the government with elements of the conservative Mullen of the Soviet Union, but the public pressure at home led to the failure of the plan of the Soviet Union ensued unrest, demonstrations and sit - ins across the Czechoslovak demanding returns Dubcek and his comrades, forcing the Union of Soviet change plans and bowed to pressure the Interior arose in dialogue with Dubcek and his comrades under pressure President Czechoslovak and fear of Ceylon blood of the people Czechoslovak agreed Dubcek and his comrades Protocol Moscow and the implementation of all policies included in previous meetings, which led to the loss of confidence of the people driving after their return and gradually isolate the elements of reform and returned the situation to McCann before the fifth From January 1968 until the that Dubcek Slovak leader resigned and became an ambassador in Turkey as a result of the policy of normalization Frdaha the Union USSR Czechoslovak on.
الصفحات الاولى:

محمد صديق شنشل ودوره السياسي في العراق حتى عام 1959

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: سمير عبد الرسول عبد الله العبيدي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: غازي دحام فهد المرسومي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 1997
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:

السياسة الداخليــة لحكومة الحزب الديمقراطي في تركيا 1950 - 1960 The Internal Policy Of Democratic Party Government Turkey 1950 - 1960

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عطارد عبد الامير حوشان
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: خلود عبد اللطيف عبد الوهاب
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2013
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The thesis is The Internal Policy of Democratic Party Government Turkey 1950 - 1960because of the importance of this period in the interned policy of Turkey and the absence of an academic research in Iraqi libraries that converse that important political periodThe research in divided into an introduction , three chapters and a conclusion. The introduction dealt with (the internal circumstance of Turkey after the Second World War 1945 - 1950). It explain the political and economic circumstances of Turkey and the motivations at to westernization.The first chapter studied The Internal Policy of Democratic Party Government Turkey 1950 - 1960. It focused on the political circumstances of Turkey and now the Democratic party got into power and the most important procedures it followed after getting into powerThe Second chapter dealt with (the Social and Economic Achievements of the Democrats , Government 1950 - 1960). It studied the economic situations of the country after the Domination , and its best economic achievements.Finally , chapter four included (27th may 1960 coup and the End of the Democratic Government). It dealt with the main reasons that lead the army to coup against the Democratic party.Thus even though the Democratic party was from its start in 1946 , a gathering of separated bureaucrats from People Republic party ) , it was able to win , through the elections of 1950 , overPeople Republic party. The reason was that the people of Turkey aimed to the democracy that the Democratic party called for since its nomination for the elections. In spite of that the Democratic party was not different in its philosophy from the six principles of the People Republic party it announced before twenty five years ago which are (republic , secularism, nationality , internationality , popularity and coup). It gave a new meaning for these principles especially the one related to (nationality) because the Democratic party aimed to liberal economic policy , which encouraged both foreign and private Turkish enterprises.The economic policy followed by the Democratic party after gaining power in 1950 helped to gain the support of the population. That policy was the main reason for its over whelming triumph in the elections of 1950 and 1954 , because the changes and developments witnessed in the economic field during the first half of the 1950 was clearly seer in the change that happened in the fields of agriculture industry and tradeIn fact the triumph of the Turkish Democratic party represents a peaceful revolution through the social changes that happened in the Turkish community especially that which brought back some of the traditions known in the ottoman period and were forbidden in Mustafa Kamal era. The leaders of the Democratic party found that the main reason for their over whelming triumph in the elections of 1950 was the farmers who voted intensely. And because these farmers were very religious , it was an obligation to satisfy them and facilitate their religious rituals In addition , Mandaris found that the communism ideas and principles were beginning to spread throughout Turkey especially in towns after the second World War and the triumph of the Soviet the union.so , Mandaris thought that religions faith could stand against communist in Turkey Mandaris expressed his indulgence towards Islam because that faith is the Turkish soul faith and that thise faith dosnt , have any relation to the system and positive laws of the reign.But his concept of religion and secularism , though was very easy for the educated people to realize ,was very difficult to accept or understand by the villagers who found in the days thereligious indulgence an indication of going balk to of caliphate. This causes the return and activation of religious rituals and courses as well as attacking secularism and demanding its abolition.Thus It can be said that the Democratic party didn’t neglect Ataturkism but it did its best to achieve its political benefits. this is manifested in its indulgence with the religious issue in Turkey throughout the years 1950 - 1960. It is very important to mention that reducing reservations in the multi - party period in general and especially in the period of the Democratic party prepared the conditions for Islam to play a very important role in Turkish policy Later on.The period of the Democratic party reign , on the other hand , witnessed a noticeable development in the field of education , though it was below the ambitions of the public because of the defect in the procedures. Never the less , secondary and higher education waitressed a noticeable development in the Democratic party period through the opening of many primary shads especially in the Turkish rural area that lacks them , and the increase of the number of students in primary and scandal schools , in addition to opening schools to train men of religion and opening new institutes and universities and sending missions to America. But this development doesn’t last for a long time. It stars to fail because of bad planning. The lack in the budget of the government caused inflation which affected education especially the educational faculty.It is right to say that the reach of the Democratic party to power in that period was appropriate for the country from the point of view of the Turkish people who was ambitious to get more freedom. The public was also ambitious to make social, economic and political changes away from the reality the country was suffering from. That is why the Democratic government depended , from its tart , on the support of the Turkish people , especially after the multi - party system that the country witnessed , and after the religious , social and economic changes that got theacceptance of the Turkish community , especially with the religious freedom in the country nevertheless the party couldn’t continue the triumphs it witnessed at the beginning of its reign especially after the economic failures of the country in the last years of the Democratic reign , that is after 1955.The regress of some of the educational institutions contributed to stir up the university student who became after that one of the reasons for the coup of 1960.Finally , all these procedures contributed to deteriorate the popularity of the Democratic party who tried to avoid its effects by advancing the date of public election in 1957 instead of 1958. It insisted on suppressing and restraining the opposition and limiting press freedom in addition to its policy in involving the army in politics. All these procedures lead to deepen the social, political and economic crises. These reasons caused the army to intrude and lead the coup of 27 May 1960 and the end of the Democratic party Government.Thus , When the Democratic party got into power it achieved. what the public looked for in that period. Although the end of its reign happened because of some failures , this doesn't mean that the party didn’t make social , economic and political change in the country , Especially that its reign caused a basic changes in the Turkish policy which kept off from the single party system and was recognized by the multi party policy which Turkey never witnessed before the reach of the Democratic party into power , in addition to what have been mentioned of the economic social and other military developments. Thus the period of the Democratic party was one of the important periods in Turkish history which needs study
الصفحات الاولى:

احوال اليهود في بولندا خلال الاحتلال الالماني 1939 - 1944م The Conditions Of Jews In Poland Through The German Occupation 1939 - 1944

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: محمد قاسم علوان البهادلي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: فوزي خلف شويل
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2012
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: تناول هذه الدراسة موضوع تاريخي مهم، يتمثل في احوال اليهود في بولندا خلال الاحتلال الالماني (1939 - 1944). وتركزت اهمية الموضوع في تحليل طبيعة السياسة التي انتهجها قادة اليهود البولنديين في تعاملهم مع المحتلين الالمان واثر ذلك على السكان اليهود والمجتمع البو | This study addressed the topic of important historical, It is the conditions of the Jews in Poland during the German occupation (1939 - 1944). The importance of the subject centered in the analysis of the nature of the policy that pursue it by the leaders of the Polish Jews in their dealings with the German occupiers and its impact on the Jewish population and the Polish society in general, and clarify the behavior patterns and their intellectual transformations, and political, ideological dimensions associated with German policy. As well as clarify attitude the parties and organizations of the Jewish and the Jewish population in dealing with these, response, rejection, and adaptable, as well as know closely on the nature of the racist behavior of systems and laws of the German occupation and the extent of its impacts on the Jewish population in Poland, and how power and influence of the international attitude.The study was divided into an introduction and four chapters and a conclusion, the first chapter show conditions of Jews in Poland the economic, social, cultural, educational and political under the Second Polish Republic (1918 - 1939).Second Chapter Studied German occupation policy toward the Jews in Poland in the domain of political, economic, health and the circumstances that led to the formation of the Poilsh - Jewish councils and practices it of the policy of occupation against the Jewish population and the role of the Jewish police in that during (1939 - 1942). The third chapter addressed across four researches of Jewish insurgency movement that objection to policies Council and the Jewish police, then limited this role on a small group of Jews in 1943, whose did not welcome popularly, and attitude the power of occupation from the rebels Jews such as close the Warsaw Ghetto and so on. The third research discussed the role of the Polish ghettos except the Warsaw Ghetto in the armed movement against the German occupation. The fourth research the attitude of the Polish government in exile of the conditions of Jews in Poland.The fourth Chapter addressed destiny Polish Jews after the end of the ghettos, and clarify the role of the Polish underground to help Jews escapees whose hiding in the forests and cities that they thought it that safe from occupation, and studied the third research the Warsaw Uprising in 1944, to be this research pioneer the third research which dealt with the role Jews in the Warsaw Uprising then it did not notice the desired role despite Polish support to Jews during rebellion April, 1943. The conclusion focused on the most important conclusions that output from the study.
الصفحات الاولى:

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الاميريكية تجاه القضية الالمانية 1969 - 1974 في ضوء الوثائق الاميريكية The Policy Of United States Of America Towards The German Question (1969 - 1974) (In Terms The American Documents)

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: عبادي احمد عبادي
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: كاظم باقر علي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2012
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
المستخلص: The Present dissertation aims at studying the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1969 - 1974 , and knowing the causes and the affections that made it to adopt this policy. It presents the affections of the United States policy in the political statement in Germany, especially the development of the political relations with the Federal Germany because of the American Administration disagreement to consider the Democratic Germany as an independent state. United States of America refused to establish a diplomatic relations with Democratic Germany. The present study illustrates that United States of America has diplomatic relations with the Federal Germany only. It sheds light on the policy of some other countries towards the German question,especially the Soviet Union. The American Policy towards the German question cannot be understood and followed unless the policy of the other countries should be dealt with since the policy of these countries affects, and it is affected with such a matter is resulted from the interrelation among the political and historical events in this respect. Some questions concerning the topic have been asked and the researcher tries to answer this questions.The study starts with 1969 which is the beginning of Nixon’s presidency in United States of America and Brandt as the Chancellor of Federal Germany.Their are began as a (( New Era )) in the political relationships between the East and the West that based on the cooperation instead of being so strict in order to find a score solution to the important political questions like the German question. In addition to this, they adopted such policy to decrease the tension and to support the security and peace in Europe. 1974 Comes as the end of the present study with the end of the Nixon’s and Brandt’s Presidency.The dissertation consists of an introduction , four Chapters, conclusions and appendances. The First chapter is considered as an introduction to the topic in order to know the historical origins of the American policy towards the German question throughout the historical development of this policy and it’s affections in the development of the political and the economic situations in Germany and the relationship with the Great States, especially the relationship with the Soviet Union and the Countries that have legitimacy to rule Germany as Occupation forces. It is the matter that initiates for the competition between the two forces concerning the power in territories in Europe generally and in Germany particularly, According to the competition between United States of America and the Soviet Union, The Cold War break out. The Cold War that happened caused the division of Germany into two countries and crystallized the establishment of the Federal Germany 1949. The Federal Germany has been rearmed and accepted to be a member in NATO in 1955. United States did so in order to prevent the Russian leverage in Western Europe. It can be also considered as an advanced centre to defend the American interests in this region. the Soviet Union established the Democratic Germany in 1949 Which has been rearmed and accepted as a member in Warsaw Pact in 1955. The Chapter concentrated on the American policy towards Berlin Crisis in 1958 and it’s results in constricting Berlin Wall in 1961. The Chapter dealt with all the reasons behind the failure reunifying Germany. The Chapter dealt with the causes and the variables that made United States of America re - estimating it’s policy towards the Soviet Union after Berlin Crisis. And the influence of the American policy on the policy of the Federal Germany before the presidency of Nixon. The second Chapter explains the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1969. It explains the influence of Nixon’s presidency in the diplomatic relations towards the Soviet Union and is reflections on the German question. The researcher, In this chapter, focuses on the reasons and motivations that made Nixon adapting such a policy and implementing it towards the Soviet Union. The chapter dealt with the policy of United States towards the second Crisis of Berlin in 1969 and the initiation ofthe diplomatic interaction between Nixon and the Soviet Leaders in order to reach at a suitable solution concerning the political questions that disturb both sides. The chapter dealt with the election of the Parliament in Federal Germany.The results of election Brandt’s success to be Chancellor. Brandt declares that he will adopt the policy of Ostpolitik with the Soviet Union and the Eastern Europe in order to establish the bridge of trust and communication and to find a peaceful settlement for the German question and to end the tension and to support security in Europe. The chapter illustrated the reasons and the strategic targets that made Federal Germany adopting the policy of Ostpolitik with the East. The chapter focused on the American position towards the declaration of the policy of Ostpolitik which made United States feels anxious about it’s interests because of the policy of Federal Germany. In the same time, the chapter explains the causes that made United States supporting the Ostpolitikwith the Soviet Union and the Eastern Europe countries. The chapter dealt with the positions of the other big notions toward the Ostpolitik in order to understand the American position as a result to the influence of these positions in the German question.The Third chapter explains the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1970 - 1971. The chapter dealt with negotiations between the Federal Germany and the Soviet Union, Poland and the Democratic Germany and The American Position towards it. However the American Position is characterized with supporting the negotiations. The chapter focused on the American position towards the “Agreement of Moscow” between the Federal Germany and the Soviet Union in the 12th of August 1970 and the “Agreement of Warsaw” between the Federal Germany and Poland in the 7th of December 1970, concerning the refreshment of the political relationships and the recognition of the border lines at that time. These two agreements are considered as turning points in the history of policy between the east and the west of Europe. Accordingly, United States re - estimated it’s diplomacy to suite the new conditions in the constriction of the political relationships with European Countries especially with its main ally, Federal Germany. This matter is embodied with the issue of a group of principles to guide the policy from the American interests in Europe and Federal Germany. The chapter dealt with the negotiations among the Four Power States in order to improve the conditions inWestern Berlin with reference to the exchange of drafts in this concern between the United States and Soviet Union and the role of Federal Germany in compromising between them. As a result, the Quadripartite Agreement on Berlin was a signed in the 3rd of September 1971 concerning Western Berlin. This agreement smoothed the way in front of establishing diplomatic relations and removing the obstructions between the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany, so the agreement between the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany was signed in the 17th of December 1971. The last chapter focused on the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1971 - 1974. It emphasized on the American policy towards the relationships between the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany and the certification on the agreement of Moscow and Warsaw respectively in the Bundstag. United States exploited the attitude of the Soviet Union in the certification of the agreements to end the military aggravation in southern - east of Asia especially stop fighting in Vietnam. The chapter dealt with the role of United States and the Soviet Union in encouraging both the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany to finish their negotiations to reach at signing the basic agreement in the 21st of December 1972. This agreement recommends that both countries should normalized the political relationships between each other. The Four Power States issued (( the Four Power Declaration)) in 1972 which emphasized the upholding of including the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany in United Nations. This prepared the floor to accept them as equal members in United Nations in the 18th of September 1973. This step is followed by the diplomatic representation between the two countries in the 14th of March 1974. The Federal Germany established diplomatic relationships with all countries in the East of Europe including Czechoslovak throng the signing of a agreement of Prague in the 8th of December 1973. The chapter contains the reasons behind Nixon’s and Brandt’s resignation in 1974.
الصفحات الاولى:

جمعية عمر المختار 1943 - 1953 Society Of Omar Al - Mukhtar 1943 - 1953

المصادر:
اسم المؤلف: ياسمين محي عبد الرحيم الكناني
الملخص:
اسم المشرف: ايمان جواد هادي البرزنجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: ماجستير
اللغة: العربية
السنة: 2014
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
المستخلص: The study of parties and associations is regarded as historical studies task, where it has a major role in the study of a State or a community of communities in addition to the detection of many important facts that were hidden by most historians, through documents unpublished maintained by ther privatecod by Assembly itself. In addition to give it a profile about personalities to the Assembly. Who joined the Society of Omar AL - Mukhtar is one of associations that have contributed significantly to change the course of the Libyan state, by their great effort in order to achieve the independence and the unity of the Libyan state in all its mandates, which rejected the major powers such as Great Britain and the United States as well as Italy, which tried hard to keep these States under control over all of Libya. The reasons for my choosing this subject is that Association in is different in its disciplines because it was Athletic Association, cultural, detective, out did not it become a political association, unit moving to Benghazi. In addition to its relationship with the Prince Sanusi, who became Honorary Prince and accepted all orientations in spite of the differences in some things, so the timeframe for a message is from 1943, where it travels to Benghazi and end in 1953 with the end of the secret work after it passing within stages and events and by Prince Sanusi, letter included four chapters in addition to the introduction and conclusion. The first chapter is dealt with parties and associations which were participated by most of the Libyan dignitaries in the Ottoman era and its impact on the birth of the Society of Omar Mukhtar, the most important associations are Freedom Party and the Alliance and the Association of the Covenant and the Committee of Union and Progress, as well as the associations that emerged in Syria and Egypt, led by Libyan dignitaries. The second chapter the researcher talked about the beginning of the origin of the Society of Omar al - Mukhtar in addition to its most important members, as well as the work of Al - Watan newspaper, and the basic law which was written in two phases. The third chapter focused on the attitudes of the Assembly upon referendum commission which visited Libya in addition to its position upon project Bevin - Sforza, who appeared after the Second World War, as well as the rule of Idriss on Cyrenaica and the chapter discussed the position of the Chapter Assembly towards the Arab issues. In the fourth chapter the researcher talked about sports and cultural activity for the Association of Omar Mukhtar from 1943 until 1953 and the main business carried out by the Assembly in all branches of the Libyan States. So proved this study proved that the idea of founding the Society of Omar al - Mukhtar had begun during World War II, particularly by immigrants who are in Arab countries, an idea that occurred to Mr. Asaad Arabi, which is based on the containment of young Libyans who are in Cairo, particularly after of non - objection by the Egyptian authorities. As the study revealed that the Assembly were not limited to sports and cultural activity, but beyond it to the political activity in addition to its categorical rejection of any contract treaties with major countries and the treaty in 1947, was a clear example of the rejection of the colonial policies. This study confirmed the unity of Libyan territory, without distinction between the States non independence of price state from the rest of the states. But its demand for independence and unity under its leader, Sanusi.
الصفحات الاولى:
1 ... 18 19 20 21 22 ... 40